WO2006077808A1 - Color filter substrate for organic electroluminescent device - Google Patents
Color filter substrate for organic electroluminescent device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2006077808A1 WO2006077808A1 PCT/JP2006/300485 JP2006300485W WO2006077808A1 WO 2006077808 A1 WO2006077808 A1 WO 2006077808A1 JP 2006300485 W JP2006300485 W JP 2006300485W WO 2006077808 A1 WO2006077808 A1 WO 2006077808A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- layer
- color conversion
- organic
- green
- colored
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K59/00—Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
- H10K59/30—Devices specially adapted for multicolour light emission
- H10K59/38—Devices specially adapted for multicolour light emission comprising colour filters or colour changing media [CCM]
Definitions
- Color filter substrate for organic-elect mouth luminescence device
- the present invention relates to a color filter substrate for an organic EL element used in an organic electoluminescence (hereinafter abbreviated as EL) display device.
- EL organic electoluminescence
- An organic EL element has a structure in which a light emitting layer is sandwiched between an anode and a cathode in principle.
- (1) a method in which light emitting layers that emit each of the three primary colors are arranged, and (2) a light emitting layer that emits white light.
- the color filter method (2) and the color conversion method (3) are attracting attention. Since these methods only require the use of a single type of light-emitting layer, there is no problem like the method (1) above.
- the color conversion method (3) has a problem that the phosphor in the color conversion layer is excited by external light and the contrast is lowered. For this reason, a colored layer is generally formed between the color conversion layer and the transparent substrate. In addition, the color purity can be improved by providing a colored layer.
- the color conversion layer is relatively thick, there is a problem in that the light use efficiency is low because light emitted from the phosphor is scattered due to scattering.
- a color conversion layer may be formed between the light emitting layer and the colored layer for hue correction.
- the color conversion layer is relatively thick, light leaks due to light scattering and the like.
- hue correction and luminance that is, light extraction efficiency are incompatible with each other, and it is difficult to achieve both improvement in color purity and luminance.
- Examples of improving the luminance by increasing the light extraction efficiency include a method of providing a light-shielding portion having reflectivity between the color conversion layers (see, for example, Patent Document 1), A method of adjusting the refractive index of the layers formed between them (for example, see Patent Document 2) has been proposed.
- Patent Document 1 A method of adjusting the refractive index of the layers formed between them (for example, see Patent Document 2) has been proposed.
- Patent Document 2 A method of adjusting the refractive index of the layers formed between them.
- no example has been reported in which the brightness is improved by the configuration of the color conversion layer itself.
- Patent Document 1 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-288447
- Patent Document 2 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-077680
- Patent Document 3 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-63770
- the present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and it is possible to obtain an organic EL display device having high luminance and high efficiency, and is applicable to an organic EL display device having a white light emitting layer.
- the main objective is to provide a color filter substrate for organic EL elements that has an excellent balance of color characteristics of the three primary colors. Means for solving the problem
- the present invention provides a transparent base material, a colored layer formed in a pattern on the transparent base material, and a color conversion layer partially formed on the colored layer.
- the present invention provides a color filter substrate for an organic EL device characterized by comprising:
- the organic EL display device since the color conversion layer is partially formed on the colored layer, the organic EL display device using such a color filter substrate for an organic EL element emits light from the light emitting layer. A part of them pass through the color conversion layer. At this time, incident light is absorbed by the color conversion phosphor in the color conversion layer and fluorescence is emitted. This fluorescence is scattered by other color conversion phosphors in the color conversion layer and from the side of the color conversion layer. Leaks. In the present invention, since the color conversion layer is partially formed on the colored layer, this scattered and leaked light can be emitted from a region where the color conversion layer on the colored layer is not formed.
- the organic EL element color filter substrate of the present invention it is possible to provide an organic EL display device with high luminance and high efficiency.
- the above-described configuration makes it possible to achieve both high color purity and high light extraction efficiency.
- the color filter substrate for an organic EL element of the present invention is used for an organic EL display device having a white light emitting layer, for example, white light generally emitted from the white light emitting layer is composed of red light and blue light, and green light.
- white light generally emitted from the white light emitting layer is composed of red light and blue light, and green light.
- each of the red color conversion unit and the blue color conversion unit is provided among the red color conversion unit, the green color conversion unit, and the blue color conversion unit.
- the green light component can be increased by forming partly on the colored part and making the area of the green color conversion part larger than the area of each of the red color conversion part and the blue color conversion part. Therefore, it is possible to provide an organic EL display device that is excellent in the balance of the color characteristics of the three primary colors.
- the color conversion layer is formed in a pattern on the colored layer. Since the color conversion layer is formed in a pattern on the colored layer, the surface area of the color conversion layer is increased, so that light scattered and leaked in the color conversion layer can be more efficiently This is because it can be taken out and the luminance can be further improved.
- the colored layer has a red colored portion, a green colored portion, and a blue colored portion, and the color conversion layer is partially formed on the red colored portion. And at least one of a green color conversion portion partially formed on the green coloring portion.
- Each color conversion part is partially formed on each colored part, so that light scattered and leaked in each color conversion part can be taken out efficiently, improving the brightness of red light and green light It is because it can be made.
- the red color conversion part may not be formed on the red coloring part. This is because when the incident light is white light including components of red light and blue light, for example, a red color conversion unit that converts the incident light into red light may not be formed. In addition, it is advantageous in terms of cost because it is not necessary to repeat the patterning process, and the manufacturing process is simplified.
- a flat layer is formed on the color conversion layer. This is because the colored layer and the color conversion layer can be protected by forming the planarizing layer.
- the influence at the time of forming the transparent electrode layer is reduced, and the occurrence of uneven thickness at the time of forming the organic EL layer is prevented. Because it can.
- the flat layer may have a light scattering property. Since the flat layer has light scattering properties, the light converted by the color conversion layer is prevented from leaking in a direction horizontal to the transparent substrate, and the direction perpendicular to the transparent substrate (observation) This is because it is possible to efficiently extract light to the person side.
- the colored layer has a red colored portion, a green colored portion, and a blue colored portion
- the color conversion layer includes a green color converted portion formed on the green colored portion.
- the area of the green color conversion part is larger than the area of each of the red color conversion part formed on the red color part and the blue color conversion part formed on the blue color part. It is preferable.
- the color filter substrate for an organic EL element of the present invention is used in, for example, an organic EL display device having a white light emitting layer
- white light generally emitted from the white light emitting layer is red light and Although it is often composed of blue light and has a small amount of green light component
- a green color conversion unit that converts incident light into green light is formed, and the area of this green color conversion unit is defined as a red color conversion unit and a blue color. This is because the green light component can be increased by making the area larger than each area of the color converter. As a result, it is possible to provide an organic EL display device that is excellent in the balance of the color characteristics of the three primary colors.
- the red color conversion portion and the blue color conversion portion are not formed. That is, the color conversion layer preferably has only a green color conversion part formed on the green coloring part. This is because there is no need to repeat the patterning process, which is cost-effective and the manufacturing process is simplified.
- the difference between the thickness of the red colored portion, the combined thickness of the green colored portion and the green color converting portion, and the thickness of the blue colored portion may be 2. Ozm or less. I like it. This is because if the difference in thickness is too large, a step (concave / convex) due to the configuration of the colored layer and the color conversion layer becomes large, and it becomes difficult to flatten the surface.
- the thickness of the red colored portion, the combined thickness of the green colored portion and the green color converting portion, and the thickness of the blue colored portion are within the range of 1 / im to 3 / im. It is preferable that This is because it is difficult to form a red colored portion and a blue colored portion that are too thick, and it is also difficult to form a green color converting portion that is too thin. In particular, if the concentration of the green conversion phosphor in the green color conversion portion is too high in order to form a thin green color conversion portion, concentration quenching may occur.
- a green color conversion portion may be formed on the red coloring portion. Most of the green light emitted from the green color conversion part cannot pass through the red colored part, but the long wavelength side component of the green light is used as the short wavelength side component of the red light. Since it can be transmitted, it is possible to adjust the hue with such a configuration.
- a flat layer is formed on the color conversion layer. This is because the colored layer and the color conversion layer can be protected by forming the planarizing layer.
- the influence at the time of forming the transparent electrode layer is reduced, and the thickness at the time of forming the organic EL layer is reduced. This is because generation of unevenness can be prevented.
- a gas barrier layer is formed on the color conversion layer. Due to the formation of the gas barrier layer, when the color filter substrate for an organic EL device of the present invention is used in an organic EL display device, it is vulnerable to water vapor, oxygen, or desorbed gas from a colored layer or a color conversion layer. They can protect the organic EL layer, which is a member, from such gases.
- a light shielding part may be formed between the colored layers on the transparent substrate. This is because the formation of the light-shielding portion partitions the light emitting area for each pixel, prevents reflection of external light at the boundary between the light emitting areas, and increases the contrast.
- the present invention also provides the above-described color filter substrate for an organic EL element, a transparent electrode layer formed on the color conversion layer side surface of the color filter substrate for the organic EL element, and the transparent electrode layer.
- An organic EL display device comprising: an organic EL layer including at least a light emitting layer; and a counter electrode layer formed on the organic EL layer.
- the organic EL display device of the present invention uses the above-described color filter substrate for organic EL elements, light scattered and leaked in the color conversion layer can be efficiently extracted, and luminance can be improved. Is possible. Therefore, high brightness and high efficiency can be realized.
- the light emitting layer preferably emits white light with a two-wavelength light source.
- white light emitted from a light-emitting layer that emits white light includes red and blue light components and often does not include a green light component.
- the green color conversion portion is replaced with the green coloring portion.
- the brightness of green light can be improved.
- by making the area of the green color conversion unit larger than the areas of the red color conversion unit and the blue color conversion unit it is possible to increase the green light component. Therefore, an organic EL display device having an excellent balance of the color characteristics of the three primary colors can be obtained.
- the color conversion layer is partially formed on the colored layer, light scattered and leaked in the color conversion layer can be efficiently extracted, and luminance can be improved. so There is an effect that can. Therefore, in the organic EL display device using the color filter substrate for the organic EL element of the present invention, high luminance and high efficiency can be realized.
- the color filter substrate for an organic EL element of the present invention is used for an organic EL display device having a white light emitting layer that emits white light, for example, a green color conversion portion is partially formed on the green coloring portion, thereby forming a green color.
- the luminance of light can be improved, and the green light component can be increased by making the area of the green color conversion unit larger than the area of each of the red color conversion unit and the blue color conversion unit. Therefore, the organic EL display device using the color filter substrate for the organic EL element of the present invention has an effect that the balance of the color characteristics of the three primary colors is excellent.
- a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a color filter substrate for an organic EL device of the present invention 2] A schematic cross-sectional view showing another example of the color filter substrate for organic EL elements of the present invention. 3) A schematic cross-sectional view showing another example of the color filter substrate for organic EL elements of the present invention. ] Is a schematic sectional view showing another example of the color filter substrate for organic EL elements of the present invention. 5] This is a schematic sectional view showing another example of the color filter substrate for organic EL elements of the present invention. It is a schematic sectional drawing which shows an example of the organic electroluminescent display apparatus of invention.
- FIG. 7 A schematic cross-sectional view showing another example of the color filter substrate for an organic EL element of the present invention.
- 8] A schematic cross-sectional view showing another example of the color filter substrate for an organic EL element of the present invention.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic sectional view showing another example of the color filter substrate for an organic EL element of the present invention.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic sectional view showing another example of the organic EL display device of the present invention.
- 11 An explanatory diagram for explaining the green color conversion unit in the first embodiment.
- the color filter substrate for an organic EL element of the present invention comprises a transparent base material, a colored layer formed in a pattern on the transparent base material, and a color conversion layer partially formed on the colored layer. It has a special number.
- the color filter substrate for an organic EL device of the present invention can be divided into two embodiments. The In the following, each embodiment will be described separately.
- a transparent substrate In the first embodiment of the color filter substrate for an organic EL device of the present invention, a transparent substrate, a colored layer formed in a pattern on the transparent substrate, and a portion formed on the colored layer are formed. And a color conversion layer.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a color filter substrate for an organic EL element of this embodiment.
- the coloring composed of the red coloring portion 2R, the green coloring portion 2G, and the blue coloring portion 2B on the transparent substrate 1.
- Layer 2 and a color conversion layer 3 composed of a red color conversion part 3R formed on the red coloring part 2R and a green color conversion part 3G formed on the green coloring part 2G are sequentially formed.
- a flat color layer 5 is formed so as to cover the coloring layer 2 and the color conversion layer 3.
- a black matrix 4 is formed between the colored portions 2R, 2G, and 2B of the coloring layer 2.
- the red color conversion unit 3R and the green color conversion unit 3G are partially formed on the red coloring unit 2R and the green coloring unit 2G, respectively.
- a transparent portion that transmits incident light is formed on the blue colored portion 2B.
- the thickness of the blue coloring part 2B is changed to the total thickness of the red coloring part 2R and the red color conversion part 3R or the green coloring part 2G and the green color conversion for the purpose of film thickness adjustment.
- the thickness may be about the same as the total thickness of part 3G.
- an organic EL display device When an organic EL display device is manufactured using the color filter substrate for an organic EL element shown in FIG. 1, a transparent electrode layer, a light emitting layer, and a counter electrode layer are sequentially laminated on the planarizing layer 5. It is. In such an organic EL display device, part of the light that also has a light emitting layer force passes through the color conversion layer 3 and further passes through the coloring layer 2, and the other part passes through the color conversion layer 3. Without passing through the colored layer 2.
- the color conversion layer 3 is the colored layer 2 in the present invention. Since it is partially formed on the top, the scattered light leaked can be emitted from a region on the colored layer 2 where the color conversion layer 3 is not formed. As a result, the light scattered and leaked in the color conversion layer can be extracted efficiently, and the luminance can be improved.
- the inorganic phosphor when used as the color conversion phosphor, the inorganic phosphor is generally opaque, and the fluorescence emitted from one inorganic phosphor in the color conversion layer is different from other inorganic phosphors. Since the phosphor cannot be transmitted, the luminance can be effectively improved by adopting the configuration of this embodiment.
- the color conversion layer used in this embodiment is partially formed on the colored layer.
- the formation position of the color conversion layer is not particularly limited as long as it is a part of the color layer.
- the color conversion layer 3 (3R, 3G, 3G) may be formed.
- the color conversion layer 3 (3R, 3G) may be formed on the colored layer 2 (2R, 2G).
- the color conversion layer 3 (3R, 3G) may be formed in one place on the colored layer 2 (2R, 2G).
- FIG. 3 (3R, 3G) may be formed in a pattern on the colored layer 2 (2R, 2G).
- the color conversion layer used in the present embodiment is one in which a color conversion phosphor that absorbs incident light and emits fluorescence of each color is dispersed or dissolved in a resin.
- a color conversion phosphor that absorbs incident light and emits fluorescence of each color is dispersed or dissolved in a resin.
- the color conversion phosphor either an inorganic phosphor or an organic phosphor can be used.
- the color conversion layer is preferably formed in a pattern on the colored layer. This is because the inorganic phosphor is generally opaque as described above, and the light emitted from one inorganic phosphor in the color conversion layer cannot be transmitted through the other inorganic phosphor and is scattered. This is because it is preferable to increase the surface area of the color conversion layer in order to efficiently extract the scattered and leaked light and improve the luminance. . Therefore, when an inorganic phosphor is used, the color conversion layer is preferably formed in a fine pattern on the colored layer. At this time, since it is difficult to form a pattern that is too fine, it is preferable to select the fineness of the color conversion layer pattern in consideration of the intended luminance and patterning characteristics.
- the preferred formation position of the color conversion layer is not particularly limited.
- the color conversion layer may be formed at one place on the colored layer.
- the pattern is formed on the colored layer.
- the occupied area ratio of the color conversion layer to the colored layer in the present embodiment is not particularly limited as long as the light extraction efficiency is improved and high luminance is obtained, but when an inorganic phosphor is used.
- the preferred range differs depending on whether an organic phosphor is used.
- the ratio of the area occupied by the color conversion layer to the colored layer is preferably about 20 to 90, where the area of the colored layer is 100, preferably S, more preferably 50 to 80, and even more preferably. Is in the range 70-80.
- the occupied area ratio of the color conversion layer to the colored layer is preferably about 70 to 100, more preferably 80 to 98, and more preferably 80 to 98, where the area of the colored layer is 100. Preferably it is in the range of 85-95. In any case, if the ratio of the area occupied by the color conversion layer to the colored layer is too small, the color conversion efficiency may be reduced. Conversely, if the ratio is too large, the color that can be scattered and leaked in the color conversion layer can be emitted. This is because the area on the layer becomes narrow, so that the light extraction efficiency is lowered, and there is a possibility that the brightness enhancement effect cannot be obtained.
- the "occupied area ratio of the color conversion layer to the colored layer" referred to here is, for example, a component of the color conversion layer 3 (color converter) as shown in Fig. 1 and a component of the 3R colored layer 2 (Colored portion)
- the ratio of the occupied area with respect to 2R is measured and does not mean the occupied area ratio of the entire color conversion layer to the entire colored layer.
- the thickness of the color conversion layer is not particularly limited as long as the light extraction efficiency is improved and high luminance can be obtained.
- the range is different.
- the thickness of the color conversion layer is preferably about 0 to about ⁇ zm, more preferably about 0.5 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m, and even more preferably about 1 ⁇ m. m to 3 ⁇ m It is within the range. This is because if the color conversion layer is too thick, the light emitted from one inorganic phosphor cannot pass through the other inorganic phosphor as described above, and there is a risk S that the luminance may decrease. Conversely, if the color conversion layer is too thin, the color conversion efficiency may be reduced.
- the inorganic phosphor in the color conversion layer If the content is too large, concentration quenching may occur. Therefore, when the content of the inorganic phosphor in the color conversion layer is increased to reduce the thickness of the color conversion layer, the thickness is appropriately selected in consideration of concentration quenching.
- the thickness of the color conversion layer is preferably about 0.5 ⁇ m to 30 ⁇ m, more preferably 1 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m, and even more preferably. Is in the range of 3 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m. This is because if the thickness of the color conversion layer is too thick, the level difference (unevenness) due to the configuration of the color conversion layer becomes large, and it becomes difficult to flatten the surface. On the contrary, if the color conversion layer is too thin, the color conversion efficiency may decrease. Similarly to the above, concentration quenching may occur when the content of the organic phosphor in the color conversion layer is increased in order to reduce the thickness of the color conversion layer.
- the color conversion layer used in the present embodiment is provided corresponding to the colored layer, and usually three types of color conversion units, a red color conversion unit, a green color conversion unit, and a blue color conversion unit. It has something.
- the color conversion layer is partially formed on the colored layer, but all three types of color conversion portions may be partially formed on the colored layer.
- One or two of the three types of color converters are partially formed on the colored layer.
- the configuration of the color conversion layer used in this embodiment differs depending on the configuration of the light emitting layer of the organic EL display device to which the organic EL element color filter substrate of this embodiment is applied.
- the color filter substrate for an organic EL element of the present embodiment is used in an organic EL display device having a blue light emitting layer that emits blue light
- the light incident on the color conversion layer generally includes a blue light component. Or it often contains blue and green light components.
- the color conversion layer includes a red color conversion unit that converts the incident light into red light and a green color conversion that converts the incident light into green light. And at least a part.
- the red color conversion portion may be partially formed on the red coloring portion.
- the green color conversion portion may be partially formed on the green coloring portion.
- the conversion part and the green color conversion part may be partially formed on each colored part.
- both the red color conversion portion and the green color conversion portion are partially formed on each colored portion.
- the red color conversion portion 3R and the green color conversion portion 3G are formed in a pattern as shown in FIG. 3, for example.
- the red color conversion unit and the green color conversion unit in a pattern and increasing the surface area, the light scattered and leaked in the red color conversion unit and the green color conversion unit can be more efficiently obtained. This is because it can be taken out and the luminance can be further improved.
- the incident light to the color conversion layer includes a blue light component
- the blue color conversion unit does not need to perform color conversion in principle, so the blue color conversion unit is not formed. You don't have to. Therefore, nothing needs to be formed on the blue colored portion, but in order to flatten the surface of the color filter substrate for the organic EL element, for example, as shown in FIGS.
- a transmission part 3B ′ having the same thickness as 3G may be formed.
- This transmissive part transmits incident light, and when formed on a blue colored part, it is not particularly limited as long as it transmits blue light. For example, it does not include a color conversion phosphor, It can consist of resin mentioned later. In this case, since the transmissive part does not contain the color conversion phosphor, the entire surface on the blue colored part is not necessary if the manufacturing process is considered to be partially formed on the blue colored part to improve luminance. It is common for this to be formed.
- the color conversion layer may have at least a red color conversion unit that converts the incident light into red light. Les.
- the red color conversion part is partially formed on the red coloring part.
- the red color conversion portion is formed in a pattern. As described above, by forming the red color conversion part in a pattern and increasing its surface area, the light scattered and leaked in the red color conversion part can be taken out more efficiently, and the luminance can be improved. This is because it can be further improved.
- the incident light to the color conversion layer includes components of blue light and green light
- the blue color conversion unit and the green color conversion unit do not need to perform color conversion in principle.
- the blue color conversion unit and the green color conversion unit may not be formed. Therefore, nothing may be formed on the blue coloring portion and the green coloring portion, but in order to flatten the surface of the color filter substrate for the organic EL element, the thickness is about the same as that of the red color conversion portion.
- a transmissive part may be formed.
- This transmissive portion transmits incident light. When formed on the blue colored portion, the transmissive portion transmits blue light. When formed on the green colored portion, the transmissive portion transmits green light. If it does, it will not be specifically limited, For example, a color conversion fluorescent substance is not included but it can consist of resin mentioned later. In this case, since the transmissive part does not contain the color conversion phosphor, it is not necessary to be partially formed on each colored part in order to improve the brightness. It is common that each is formed.
- the color filter substrate for an organic EL element of the present embodiment is used for an organic EL display device having a white light emitting layer that emits white light, for example, incident light to the color conversion layer is generally red light and blue light. Often contains ingredients. Therefore, the color conversion layer may have at least a green color conversion unit that converts incident light into green light. In this case, for example, as shown in FIG. 4, the green color conversion portion 3G is partially formed on the green coloring portion 2G. In particular, when an inorganic phosphor is used as the color conversion phosphor, the green color conversion portion 3G is preferably formed in a pattern as shown in FIG. 5, for example.
- the green color conversion part in a pattern and increasing its surface area, the light scattered and leaked in the green color conversion part can be extracted more efficiently, and the brightness is further improved. It is possible to make it happen.
- the incident light to the color conversion layer includes components of red light and blue light
- the red color conversion unit and the blue color conversion unit do not need to perform color conversion in principle.
- the red color conversion unit and the blue color conversion unit may not be formed. In this case, nothing may be formed on the red colored portion and the blue colored portion, but in order to flatten the surface of the color filter substrate for the organic EL element, for example, as shown in FIGS. Transmission parts 3R 'and 3B' having the same thickness as the conversion part 3G are formed, respectively.
- the configuration of the color conversion layer according to the type of light emitting light source of the light emitting layer in the organic EL display device to which the color filter substrate for the organic EL element of the present embodiment is applied has been described.
- the configuration of the color conversion layer used in the embodiment is not particularly limited depending on the type of light emitting light source of the light emitting layer, as long as the color conversion layer can perform a desired color complementation.
- the green color conversion unit used in this embodiment is formed by dispersing or dissolving a green conversion phosphor that absorbs incident light and emits green fluorescence.
- the green conversion phosphor it is possible to use either an inorganic phosphor or an organic phosphor as described above.
- the inorganic phosphor used as the green conversion phosphor include rare earth complex phosphors disclosed in JP-A-2004-14335.
- rare earth complex-based phosphors include those having rare earth metals such as Ce, Pr, Nd, Pm, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, Tm, and Yb.
- the ligand may be either aromatic or non-aromatic, and is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (1).
- Lx, Ly, and Lz each independently represent an atom having two or more bonds
- n represents 0 or 1
- Xa represents an atom that can be coordinated to the adjacent position of Lx
- Y a represents a substituent having an atom that can be coordinated to the adjacent position of Lz.
- Any part of Xa and Lx may be condensed with each other to form a ring
- any part of Ya and Lz may be condensed with each other to form a ring.
- a ring may be condensed to form an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocycle in the molecule.
- Xa- (Lx) (Ly) n- (Lz) — Ya is a ⁇ -diketone derivative, ⁇ -ketoester derivative, ⁇ -ketoamide derivative, or the oxygen atom of the ketone is replaced with a sulfur atom or N (R201) —, or crown Ether, azacrown ether, thiacrown ether, or an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic group when it represents a crown ether in which the oxygen atom of the crown ether is replaced with any number of sulfur atoms or —N (R201) There may be no heterocycle.
- R201 represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
- the coordinable atoms represented by Xa and Ya are specifically an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, and a tellurium atom.
- the atom having two or more bonds represented by Lx, Ly, and Lz is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a silicon atom, and a titanium atom.
- rare earth complex phosphors include rare earths containing Ba and Si such as Ba Eu SiO.
- Examples thereof include phosphors.
- inorganic phosphors used as green conversion phosphors include alkaline earth metal thiogallate phosphors disclosed in JP-T-2004-505167, ZnS: Tb, etc. ZnS-based phosphors and yellow-green pigments (for example, FA005 (trade name) manufactured by Shinhiro Corporation) are also included.
- ZnS phosphors such as ZnS: Mn, ZnS: Mn / ZnMgS, (Y, Gd) 3A1 O: Ce
- a yellow phosphor such as 5 12 or an orange pigment (for example, FA001 (trade name) manufactured by Shinhiroine Earth) can also be used.
- These phosphors are not green phosphors, but each contain a green phosphor component, so that color complementarity is possible and can be used.
- organic phosphor used as the green conversion phosphor examples include 2, 3, 5, 6 — 1H, 4H tetrahydro-8 trifluoromethylquinolidino (9, 9a, 1—gh).
- organic phosphor used as the green conversion phosphor examples include 2, 3, 5, 6 — 1H, 4H tetrahydro-8 trifluoromethylquinolidino (9, 9a, 1—gh).
- organic phosphor examples include the above pigments and dyes such as polymethacrylic acid ester, polyvinyl chloride, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer resin, alkyd resin, aromatic sulfonamide resin, urea resin, melamine resin, A fluorescent pigment kneaded in advance in a benzoguanamine resin or a mixture of these resins may also be used.
- dyes such as polymethacrylic acid ester, polyvinyl chloride, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer resin, alkyd resin, aromatic sulfonamide resin, urea resin, melamine resin, A fluorescent pigment kneaded in advance in a benzoguanamine resin or a mixture of these resins may also be used.
- inorganic phosphor and organic phosphor may be used alone or in combination of two or more in order to adjust the hue of fluorescence.
- the inorganic phosphor used as the red conversion phosphor include rare earth complex phosphors.
- this rare earth complex phosphor include K Eu (WO
- rare earth complex phosphors containing K and W include rare earth complex phosphors containing K and W.
- rare earth complex phosphors containing K and W include rare earth complex phosphors containing K and W.
- inorganic phosphors used as red conversion phosphors include ZnS phosphors such as ZnS: Mn, ZnS: Mn / ZnMgS, or orange pigments (for example, FA001 (trade name) manufactured by Shinhiro Corporation). It is done.
- organic phosphors used as red-converting phosphors include cyanine dyes such as 4-disanomethylene-1,2-methyl 6- (p dimethylaminostyryl) 4H-pyran; 1 ethyl-2 -[4— (p-dimethylaminophenyl) 1,3-butabutenyl] —Pyridine dyes such as pyridinium perpark mouthrate; rhodamine B, rhodamine 6G, rhodamine 3B, rhodamine 101, rhodamine 110, sulforhodamine, basic violet 11, rhodamine dyes such as Basic Red 2; oxazine dyes; and the like.
- cyanine dyes such as 4-disanomethylene-1,2-methyl 6- (p dimethylaminostyryl) 4H-pyran
- organic phosphor examples include the above-described dyes such as polymethacrylic acid ester, polysulphated butyl, butyl chloride monoacetate butyl copolymer resin, alkyd resin, aromatic sulfonamide resin, urea resin, melamine resin, A fluorescent pigment kneaded in advance in a benzoguanamine resin or a mixture of these resins may also be used.
- dyes such as polymethacrylic acid ester, polysulphated butyl, butyl chloride monoacetate butyl copolymer resin, alkyd resin, aromatic sulfonamide resin, urea resin, melamine resin, A fluorescent pigment kneaded in advance in a benzoguanamine resin or a mixture of these resins may also be used.
- the inorganic phosphor and the organic phosphor described above may be used alone or in combination of two or more in order to adjust the hue of fluorescence. In general, the conversion efficiency from blue light to red light is low. it can.
- each color conversion section includes polymethyl methacrylate resin, polyacrylate resin, polycarbonate resin, polybutyl alcohol resin, polybutylpyrrolidone resin, hydroxyethyl cellulose resin, carboxymethyl cellulose.
- transparent resins such as resins, polyvinyl chloride resins, melamine resins, phenol resins, alkyd resins, epoxy resins, polyurethane resins, polyester resins, maleic resins, or polyamide resins.
- Specific examples of the resin include an ionizing radiation curable resin having a reactive bur group such as an acrylate, metatalylate, polycinnamate bure, or cyclized rubber (in practice, an electron beam). Curable resin or ultraviolet curable resin, often the latter).
- the ratio of the resin in each color conversion section to each color conversion phosphor is preferably about 100: 0.3 to about 100: 5 (mass standard). This is because if the ratio of the color conversion phosphor is too small, sufficient color conversion efficiency may not be obtained, and if the ratio is too large, concentration quenching may occur.
- color conversion layer for example, a photolithography method, or the above-described color conversion phosphor and resin are mixed with a solvent, a diluent, or an appropriate additive as necessary to form a color conversion layer.
- a photolithography method or the above-described color conversion phosphor and resin are mixed with a solvent, a diluent, or an appropriate additive as necessary to form a color conversion layer.
- the printing method which prepares a coating liquid and prints can be mentioned.
- the colored layer used in the present embodiment is formed in a pattern on a transparent substrate, and usually has a red colored portion, a green colored portion, and a blue colored portion. Each colored portion is regularly arranged corresponding to each pixel, and when a light shielding portion is formed, it is provided corresponding to the opening of the light shielding portion.
- Each colored portion used in this embodiment is obtained by dispersing or dissolving a colorant such as a pigment or a dye of each color in a binder resin.
- Examples of the colorant used in the red coloring portion include perylene pigments, lake pigments, azo pigments, quinacridone pigments, anthraquinone pigments, anthracene pigments, and isoindoline pigments. These pigments may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- Examples of the colorant used in the green coloring portion include phthalocyanine pigments such as halogen polysubstituted phthalocyanine pigments or halogen polysubstituted copper phthalocyanine pigments, triphenylmethane basic dyes, isoindoline pigments, and isoindolinones. And pigments. These pigments or dyes may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- Examples of the colorant used in the blue colored portion include copper phthalocyanine pigments, anthraquinone pigments, indanthrene pigments, indophenol pigments, cyanine pigments, and dioxazine pigments. These pigments may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- a transparent resin is used as the binder resin used for each colored portion.
- examples of the binder resin include a polymethyl methacrylate resin, a poly acrylate resin, a polycarbonate resin, a polybutyl alcohol resin, a polyvinyl pyrrolidone resin, and a hydroxyethyl cellulose resin.
- the binder resin is usually a reaction such as an acrylate, metatallate, polyvinyl cinnamate, or cyclized rubber.
- An ionizing radiation curable resin having a functional vinyl group is used.
- an electron beam curable resin or an ultraviolet curable resin is used.
- a photopolymerization initiator is used alone or in combination with a binder resin.
- a sensitizer when using an ultraviolet curable photosensitive resin, a sensitizer, a coatability improver, a development improver, a crosslinking agent, a polymerization inhibitor, a plasticizer, a flame retardant, etc. may be used as necessary. Good.
- the content of the colorant is preferably in the range of 5 to 50% by weight in each colored portion.
- the binder resin content is preferably in the range of 30 to 100 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the colorant.
- the thickness of such a colored layer is usually about 1 ⁇ m to 3 ⁇ m.
- the arrangement of the colored portions is not particularly limited as long as the colored portions are arranged on an average when viewed macroscopically. For example, a stripe arrangement 1J, a mosaic arrangement IJ, a delta arrangement, etc. Are listed. Moreover, each coloring part may be formed for every opening part of the light-shielding part.
- a coloring agent is prepared by mixing, dispersing or solubilizing a coloring agent in a binder resin to prepare a colored layer forming coating solution, and using this colored layer forming coating solution, A patterning method using a phi method or a patterning method using a printing method using the colored layer forming coating solution is used.
- the transparent substrate used in this embodiment is a support that supports the color filter substrate for an organic EL element.
- the organic EL display device is configured using the color filter substrate for the organic EL element of the present embodiment, it is disposed on the viewer side and is also a support that supports the entire organic EL display device. .
- the transparent substrate for example, an inorganic plate-like transparent substrate such as glass or quartz glass, an organic (for example, synthetic resin) plate-like transparent substrate such as acrylic resin, or a synthetic resin
- an inorganic plate-like transparent substrate such as glass or quartz glass
- an organic (for example, synthetic resin) plate-like transparent substrate such as acrylic resin
- a synthetic resin A transparent film substrate
- Very thin glass can also be used as a transparent film substrate.
- the surface on the side on which the colored layer, the color conversion layer and the like are formed has high smoothness. Specifically, it is preferable to use one having an average surface roughness (Ra) force of 0.5 nm to 3. Onm (5 ⁇ mO region).
- the synthetic resin constituting the transparent substrate include polycarbonate resin, polyarylate resin, polyethersulfone resin, acrylic resin such as methyl methacrylate resin, cellulose resin such as triacetyl cellulose resin, and epoxy resin. Or a cyclic olefin resin or a cyclic olefin copolymer resin.
- a light shielding part (also referred to as a black matrix) may be formed between the colored layers on the transparent substrate.
- the light shielding portion is provided to partition the light emitting area for each pixel, prevent reflection of external light at the boundary between the light emitting areas, and enhance the contrast of images and videos. Therefore, the shading part is not necessarily provided.
- the light shielding portion is formed when the colored layer or the like is formed corresponding to the opening of the light shielding portion.
- the light-shielding portion is formed because the light-emitting layer is formed corresponding to the opening of the light-shielding portion. I prefer to be there.
- the light shielding portion is usually formed in a black line shape, and is formed in a pattern shape having an opening portion such as a matrix shape or a stripe shape.
- the light shielding portion used in the present embodiment may be insulating or non-insulating, but it is preferable that it has insulating properties. If the light-shielding part has insulating properties, even when the organic EL display device using the organic EL element color filter substrate of this embodiment is used as an organic EL display device, the light-shielding part and the transparent electrode layer are in contact with each other. This is because it is possible to avoid conduction between the light shielding portion and the transparent electrode layer.
- Examples of the material for forming an insulating light shielding part include a resin composition containing a black colorant such as carbon black.
- Examples of the resin used in this resin composition include ionizing radiation curable resins having a reactive bur group such as attalylate, metatalylate, polyvinyl cinnamate, or cyclized rubber, particularly electron beam curable. Resin or UV curable resin can be used.
- polymethyl methacrylate resin polyacrylate resin
- polycarbonate resin polyvinyl alcohol resin
- polybutylpyrrolidone resin hydroxyethyl cellulose resin
- carboxymethyl cellulose resin polychlorinated bur resin
- melamine resin phenol resin, alkyd resin
- Epoxy resin polyurethane resin
- polyester resin maleic acid resin
- polyamide resin etc.
- examples of the material for forming the light-shielding portion having no insulating property include metals such as chromium and metal oxides such as chromium oxide.
- the non-insulating light-shielding portion may be a CrO film (X is an arbitrary number) and two layers of Cr film laminated, or a CrO film with a further reduced reflectance. (X is an arbitrary number), CrN film (y is an arbitrary number) and Cr film force 3 ⁇ 4 layer It may be laminated.
- a method for forming a light-shielding part having insulating properties a method of applying the above resin composition on a substrate and patterning it by a photolithography method can be used. Also, a printing method or the like can be used.
- a method for forming a non-insulating and light-shielding portion a method of forming a thin film by an evaporation method, an ion plating method, a sputtering method, or the like, and patterning using a photolithography method is used. Can be used. Further, an electroless plating method or the like can also be used.
- the film thickness of the light-shielding portion is about 0.2 xm to 0.4 xm when formed by vapor deposition, ion plating, sputtering, or the like. when due to is a 5 ⁇ m ⁇ 2 ⁇ about m 0..
- a flat layer may be formed on the color conversion layer.
- This flat layer has a role of protecting the colored layer and the color conversion layer, and when the thickness of the colored layer and the color conversion layer is not constant, the surface of the layer is leveled to be a flat surface.
- the flattening layer eliminates this step and flattens it, and forms the organic EL layer when manufacturing the organic EL display device. It has a flattening action to prevent occurrence of uneven thickness.
- a transparent resin can be used as a material for forming the flat layer used in the present embodiment.
- photocurable resins and thermosetting resins having an acrylate or metatalylate reactive beer group can be used.
- polymethylol methacrylate, polyacrylate, polycarbonate, polybutyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, hydroxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, polyvinyl chloride resin, melamine resin, phenol resin, alkyd resin Epoxy resin, polyurethane resin, polyester resin, maleic acid resin, polyamide resin, etc. can be used
- the flat layer in this embodiment may have light scattering properties. Since the flattening layer has light scattering properties, the light converted by the color conversion layer is horizontal to the transparent substrate. This is because leakage in the direction is suppressed, and light can be efficiently extracted in a direction perpendicular to the transparent substrate (observer side).
- the planarizing layer may contain light scattering fine particles.
- the light-scattering fine particles used in this embodiment are fine particles having a light scattering action.
- Preferred examples of the light-scattering fine particles include inorganic substances such as silicon oxide, aluminum oxide, and barium sulfate, acrylic resins, dibulebenzene resins, benzoguanamine resins, styrene resins, melamine resins, and acrylic-styrene resins.
- the organic fine particles such as polycarbonate resin, polyethylene resin, and polyvinyl chloride resin, and the like include a mixture of two or more of them.
- melamine resin, benzoguanamine resin, and mixed resin and copolymer fine particles are preferable in terms of transparency and durability.
- the average particle diameter of the light-scattering fine particles is preferably about 0.1 to 5 ⁇ m, more preferably 0 ⁇ 1 to 4.0 / im, and still more preferably 0. ⁇ :! to 2 ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ . This is because a sufficient light scattering effect can be obtained when the average particle diameter is in the above range.
- the light-scattering fine particles are preferably spherical in order to increase the light scattering effect.
- the film is applied by spin coating, roll coating, cast coating, or the like.
- a method of thermosetting as necessary after irradiation with ultraviolet rays can be used.
- a flat layer can be formed directly or by sticking via an adhesive.
- the thickness of such a flat layer can be, for example, about:! To 7 am.
- a gas barrier layer may be formed on the color conversion layer.
- the gas barrier layer 6 is formed on the flat layer 5.
- this gas barrier layer is used in an organic EL display device, water vapor, oxygen, or adsorption from the color filter substrate for the organic EL element is applied to the organic EL layer. It is provided to block the passage of desorbed gas from the color layer, color conversion layer, and the like.
- the gas barrier layer used in the present embodiment is not particularly limited as long as it can exhibit gas barrier properties against gas such as water vapor, oxygen, desorption gas, etc.
- gas barrier properties against gas such as water vapor, oxygen, desorption gas, etc.
- transparent inorganic A film, a transparent resin film, an organic-inorganic hybrid film, or the like is used.
- a transparent inorganic film is preferable because of its high gas barrier property.
- the material used for the transparent inorganic film is not particularly limited as long as it can exhibit gas barrier properties.
- oxides such as aluminum oxide, silicon oxide, and magnesium oxide; Nitride such as nitride; nitrided oxide such as nitrided nitride oxide; Among these, nitrided silicon oxide is preferred because of its high gas noriality due to pinholes and protrusions.
- the gas barrier layer may be a single layer or multiple layers.
- the gas barrier layer is a multilayer in which a plurality of nitrided silicon oxide films are stacked, the gas barrier property can be further improved.
- the gas barrier layer is a multilayer, different materials may be used for each layer.
- the thickness of the gas barrier layer is not particularly limited, and may vary depending on the type of material used for the gas barrier layer and whether the gas barrier layer is a single layer or a multilayer. Although it cannot be generally specified, it is generally about 20 nm to 2 ⁇ m for the entire gas barrier layer. This is because if the thickness of the gas barrier layer is too thin, the gas barrier properties may be insufficient, and if the thickness of the gas barrier layer is too thick, a phenomenon such as cracking due to the film stress of the thin film tends to occur.
- the method for forming the transparent inorganic film is not particularly limited as long as it is a film forming method that can be formed in a vacuum state.
- examples include a growth (CVD) method, an ion plating method, an electron beam (EB) evaporation method, a vacuum evaporation method such as a resistance heating method, and a laser ablation method.
- CVD growth
- EB electron beam
- a vacuum evaporation method such as a resistance heating method
- a laser ablation method a laser ablation method.
- the sputtering method, the ion plating method, and the CVD method are preferable, and the use of the sputtering method is more preferable than the force S. High productivity and quality stability by using sputtering method This is because an excellent gas barrier layer can be formed.
- a black matrix is formed by depositing a metal such as chromium or a metal oxide such as chromium oxide on the entire surface of the transparent substrate and patterning it using a photolithography method.
- a coating solution for forming a red colored portion in which a red colorant is dispersed or dissolved in a binder resin is applied and patterned using a photolithography method.
- a green colored portion and a blue colored portion are formed by the same procedure.
- a green color conversion part is formed by applying a coating liquid for forming a green color conversion part in which a green conversion phosphor is dispersed or dissolved in a resin and patterning using a photolithography method. To do. At this time, the green color conversion part is formed in a pattern on the green coloring part.
- a second embodiment of the color filter substrate for an organic EL element of the present invention includes a transparent base material, a colored layer formed on the transparent base material in a pattern, and having a red colored portion, a green colored portion, and a blue colored portion.
- a color filter substrate for an organic EL element having a color conversion layer having at least a green color conversion part formed on the green color part, wherein the area of the green color conversion part is above the red color part.
- the red color conversion portion formed on the blue color conversion portion and the blue color conversion portion formed on the blue coloring portion are larger in area than each other.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a color filter substrate for an organic EL element of the present embodiment.
- FIG. 7 in the color filter substrate 10 for the organic EL element of the present embodiment, the coloring composed of the red coloring portion 2R, the green coloring portion 2G, and the blue coloring portion 2B on the transparent substrate 1.
- the color conversion layer 3 to be configured is sequentially formed, and a flat color layer 5 is formed so as to cover the color layer 2 and the color conversion layer 3.
- a black matrix 4 is formed between the colored portions 2R, 2G, and 2B of the colored layer 2.
- the area of the green color conversion unit 3G is larger than the area of the blue color conversion unit 3B which is larger than the area of the red color conversion unit 3R.
- a color filter substrate for an organic EL element When such a color filter substrate for an organic EL element is used in, for example, an organic EL display device having a white light emitting layer, a transparent electrode layer, a white light emitting layer, and a counter electrode layer are provided on the planarizing layer 5. Laminated sequentially.
- white light emitted from a white light emitting layer is composed of red light and blue light, and the green light component is often small. When this white light passes through the colored layer, almost no green light is observed.
- the area of the green color conversion unit 3G that converts incident light into green light is made larger than the area of each of the red color conversion unit 3R and the blue color conversion unit 3B. Ingredients can be increased. Therefore, by using the organic EL element color filter substrate of the present embodiment, it is possible to provide an organic EL display device that is excellent in the balance of the color characteristics of the three primary colors.
- the areas of the red color conversion unit and the blue color conversion unit are It is not particularly limited. Further, as described above, since the white light emitted from the white light emitting layer includes components of red light and blue light, in principle, the red color conversion unit and the blue color conversion unit do not need to perform color conversion. Therefore, the red color conversion part and the blue color conversion part may or may not be formed. For example, as shown in FIG. 7, when the red color conversion unit 3R and the blue color conversion unit 3B are formed, there is an advantage that the hues of red and blue can be adjusted. On the other hand, for example, as shown in FIG.
- the thickness dl of the red coloring portion 2R, and the combined thickness of the green coloring portion 2G and the green color conversion portion 3G Difference between d2 and thickness d3 of blue colored portion 2B h force 2.
- Oxm or less is preferable, more preferably 0.5 xm or less, and most preferably 0.2 zm or less. This is because if the difference in thickness is too large, a step (unevenness) due to the configuration of the colored layer and the color conversion layer becomes large, and it becomes difficult to flatten the surface.
- a transparent electrode layer and an organic EL layer are formed on the surface of the color conversion layer. If the surface unevenness due to the composition of the color conversion layer is large, it may cause dark areas.
- the thickness of the color conversion layer is larger than the thickness of the colored layer.
- the thickness of the red colored portion and the blue colored portion may be increased, or the thickness of the green color converting portion may be decreased.
- concentration of the colorant in each colored portion the thickness of the red colored portion and the blue colored portion can be increased, and the concentration of the green conversion phosphor in the green color converting portion can be increased.
- the thickness of the green color conversion portion can be reduced.
- concentration quenching may occur.
- the thickness dl of the red coloring portion 2R, the thickness d2 of the green coloring portion 2G and the green color conversion portion 3G, and the thickness d3 of the blue coloring portion 2B are also 1 111 to 3 111. It is preferably within the range of 1 111 to 2 111 and most preferably within the range of 1.2 ⁇ to 1.
- the color conversion layer used in the present embodiment has at least a green color conversion part formed on the green coloring part.
- the area of the green color conversion portion is larger than the area of each of the red color conversion portion formed on the red coloring portion and the blue color conversion portion formed on the blue coloring portion.
- the area ratio of each color conversion unit is not particularly limited as long as the area of the green color conversion unit is larger than the areas of the red color conversion unit and the blue color conversion unit.
- area refers to an area in a plane horizontal to the surface of the transparent substrate.
- the area of the green color conversion unit is larger than the areas of the red color conversion unit and the blue color conversion unit.
- the red color conversion portion and the blue color conversion portion may be formed or may be formed or not.
- the red color conversion portion and the blue color conversion portion are formed, for example, as shown in FIG. 7, the red color conversion portion 3R and the blue color conversion portion 3B are on the red color portion 2R and the blue color portion 2B.
- the area of the green color conversion unit can be made larger than the areas of the red color conversion unit and the blue color conversion unit.
- the formation position of the red color conversion part and the blue color conversion part is not particularly limited as long as it is a part on each coloring part.
- the red color conversion part or the blue color conversion is provided at the center of each coloring part.
- a red color conversion portion or a blue color conversion portion may be formed on each colored portion, which may be formed with a portion.
- a transmission portion that transmits incident light may be formed on each colored portion.
- This transmissive part transmits red light when formed on the red colored part, and transmits blue light when formed on the blue colored part.
- a green color conversion unit 3G may be formed on the red coloring unit 2R.
- Most of the green light emitted from the green color conversion part 3G cannot pass through the red coloring part 2R, but the long wavelength component of the green light is red. This is because the red colored portion 2R can be transmitted as a component on the short wavelength side of light, and the hue can be adjusted.
- both the red color conversion portion and the green color conversion portion may be formed, regardless of whether the red color conversion portion is formed or the green color conversion portion is formed. It is also possible that the red color conversion unit and the green color conversion unit have a misalignment or misalignment.
- the green color conversion section used in this embodiment is obtained by dispersing or dissolving a green conversion phosphor that absorbs incident light and emits green fluorescence.
- green-converting phosphors include 2, 3, 5, 6-1H, 4H-tetrahydro-8_trifluoromethylquinolizino (9, 9a, l_gh) coumarin, 3_ (2 ' _Benzothiazolyl) _ 7_ Jetylaminocoumarin, or 3_ (2 'Benzimidazolyl)-7-N, N-Jetyl Coumarin dyes such as aminocoumarin; Coumarin dyes such as Basic Yellow 51; Solvent Yellow 11, Or a naphthalimide dye such as Solvent Yellow 116; a fluorescent dye such as a ZnS phosphor such as ZnS: Tb; or a fluorescent pigment such as a yellow-green pigment (for example, F A005 (trade name) manufactured by Sinheroine Earth) Can do.
- F A005 trade name
- the green color conversion phosphor is obtained by combining the above-mentioned fluorescent dye with, for example, polymethacrylic acid ester, polychlorinated butyl, chlorinated chloracetic acid butyl copolymer resin, alkyd resin, aromatic sulfonamide rosin, urea resin, melamine resin, A fluorescent pigment kneaded in advance in a benzoguanamine resin or a mixture of these resins may also be used.
- the above fluorescent dyes and fluorescent pigments may be used alone or in combination of two or more in order to adjust the hue of fluorescence.
- the thickness of the green color conversion section can be set to about 1 ⁇ m to 10 xm. Among them, as described above, the thickness of the red colored portion, the thickness of the combined green colored portion and the green color converting portion, and the thickness of the blue colored portion are within a predetermined range. The thickness is such that the combined thickness of the green colored portion and the green color converting portion is within a predetermined range. It is preferable. Specifically, the force S, which varies depending on the thickness of the green coloring portion, and the thickness of the green color conversion portion is preferably in the range of 1.5 / im to 5 / im, more preferably 1.8 / It is in the range of im ⁇ 2.5 / im.
- the thickness of the green color conversion portion is set to be relatively thin in order to make the above-described thickness difference or the total thickness of the green color portion and the green color conversion portion within a predetermined range, for example, the green color
- the thickness of the green color conversion part can be reduced without reducing the color conversion efficiency.
- concentration quenching may occur. Therefore, when the content of the green color conversion phosphor in the green color conversion part is increased to reduce the thickness of the green color conversion part, the thickness is appropriately selected in consideration of concentration quenching.
- the red color conversion portion when the red color conversion portion is formed, the red color conversion portion absorbs incident light and emits red fluorescence in the resin. Dispersed or dissolved.
- red-converting phosphors include 4-dicyanomethylene 2-methyl-6 (p-dimethylaminostyryl) 4H pyran and other cyanine dyes such as 1-ethyl-2- [4— (p— Dimethylaminophenyl) 1,3-Butagenyl] Pyridine dyes such as pyridinium park mouthrate; Rhodamine dyes such as rhodamine B or rhodamine 6G; Oxazine dyes; ZnS: Mn, ZnS: ZnS: Mn / ZnMgS, etc.
- Illustrative examples include fluorescent pigments such as phosphors, or fluorescent pigments such as orange pigments (for example, FA001 (trade name) manufactured by Sinhiroine Earth).
- the red-converted phosphor is obtained by combining the fluorescent dye with, for example, polymethacrylic acid ester, polyvinyl chloride, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer resin, alkyd resin, aromatic sulfonamide resin, urea resin, melamine resin, benzoguanamine.
- a fluorescent pigment kneaded in advance in a resin or a mixture of these resins may also be used.
- the fluorescent dyes and fluorescent pigments may be used alone or in combination of two or more in order to adjust the hue of fluorescence.
- the resin used in the red color conversion unit is the same as the resin used in the green color conversion unit described above. Also, the ratio of the resin in the red color conversion part and the red conversion phosphor Is the same as in the case of the green color conversion unit.
- the red color conversion part and the blue color conversion part preferably have the same thickness as the green color conversion part.
- this transmissive part is formed on the red colored part, and in this case, it transmits red light, and is formed on the blue colored part.
- the case is not particularly limited as long as it transmits blue light.
- it does not include a color conversion phosphor and can be made of the above-described resin.
- each color conversion phosphor and resin are mixed with a solvent, a diluent or an appropriate additive as necessary to prepare each color conversion part forming coating solution.
- a method of patterning by a photolithography method using the coating solution for forming each color conversion portion, or a method for patterning by a printing method using the coating solution for forming each color conversion portion is used. .
- the colored layer used in this embodiment is formed in a pattern on a transparent substrate, and has a red colored portion, a green colored portion, and a blue colored portion.
- the thickness of the red colored portion, the thickness of the combined green colored portion and the green color converting portion, and the thickness of the blue colored portion are within a predetermined range as described above. It is preferable that the thickness is such that the combined thickness of the green coloring portion and the green color conversion portion falls within a predetermined range. Specifically, although it varies depending on the thickness of the green color conversion portion, the thickness of the green coloring portion is preferably about 1 ⁇ m to 3 ⁇ m, more preferably 1 ⁇ 2 111 to 2/1 111 It is within the range, and most preferably within the range of 1.5 ⁇ to 1.8 ⁇ m.
- the thicknesses of the red colored portion and the blue colored portion are as described above.
- Planarization layer In this embodiment, a flattening layer is formed on the color conversion layer.
- planarizing layer Note that the material and method for forming the planarizing layer are the same as those described in the first embodiment, and a description thereof will be omitted here.
- the thickness of the flat layer can be, for example, about:! To 5 ⁇ m.
- a gas barrier layer is formed on the color conversion layer.
- the thickness of the gas barrier layer is not particularly limited, and differs depending on the type of material used for the gas barrier layer and whether the gas barrier layer is a single layer or a multilayer. However, it is usually about 50 nm to 2 ⁇ m for the entire gas barrier layer. This is because if the thickness of the gas barrier layer is too thin, the gas barrier property may be insufficient, and if the thickness of the gas barrier layer is too thick, a phenomenon such as a crack due to the film stress of the thin film is likely to occur.
- a black matrix is formed by depositing a metal such as chromium or a metal oxide such as chromium oxide on the entire surface of a transparent substrate and patterning it using a photolithography method.
- a coating solution for forming a red colored portion in which a red colorant is dispersed or dissolved in a binder resin is applied and patterned using a photolithography method.
- a green colored portion and a blue colored portion are formed by the same procedure. At this time, each colored portion is formed so that its thickness falls within a predetermined range.
- a green color conversion part is formed by applying a coating liquid for forming a green color conversion part in which a green conversion phosphor is dispersed or dissolved in a resin and patterning using a photolithography method. To do.
- the green color conversion portion has a predetermined thickness of the red color portion, a thickness of the green color portion and the green color conversion portion, and a thickness of the blue color portion. It forms so that it may become a range.
- the organic EL display device of the present invention includes the above-described organic EL element color filter substrate, the transparent electrode layer formed on the color conversion layer side surface of the organic EL element color filter substrate, and the transparent electrode layer. And an organic EL layer including at least a light emitting layer and a counter electrode layer formed on the organic EL layer.
- the organic EL display device of the present invention uses the above-described color filter substrate for organic EL elements, light scattered and leaked in the color conversion layer can be efficiently extracted, and luminance can be improved. Is possible.
- FIG. 6 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the organic EL display device of the present invention.
- the color filter substrate 10 for an organic EL element is formed on a transparent substrate 1, a colored layer composed of colored portions 2R, 2G, and 2B of the three primary colors and a green color formed on the green colored portion 2G.
- a color conversion layer having a conversion portion 3G is formed, a light shielding portion 4 is formed between the coloring portions 2R, 2G, and 2B, and a flat layer 5 is formed so as to cover the coloring layer and the color conversion layer.
- the gas barrier layer 6 is formed thereon. Further, on the red colored portion 2R and the blue colored portion 2B, there are formed transmitting portions 3 and for transmitting incident light, respectively.
- the transparent electrode layer 11, the organic EL layer 12 including the light emitting layer, and the counter electrode layer 13 are formed on the gas barrier layer 6 of the color filter substrate 10 for the organic EL element.
- An insulating layer 14 is formed between the transparent electrode layers 11 on the gas barrier layer 6, and a partition wall portion (forced sword separator) 15 is formed thereon.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic sectional view showing another example of the organic EL display device of the present invention.
- the color filter substrate 10 for the organic EL element includes a colored layer having three primary colored portions 2R, 2G, and 2B on a transparent substrate 1, and a green color converting portion 3G corresponding to the green colored portion 2G.
- a color conversion layer having a light shielding portion 4 is formed between the colored portions 2R, 2G, and 2B.
- a flat layer 5 is formed so as to cover the coloring layer and the color conversion layer, and a gas barrier layer 6 is formed thereon.
- the transparent electrode layer 11, the organic EL layer 12 including the white light emitting layer, and the counter electrode layer 13 are provided on the gas barrier layer 6 of the color filter substrate 10 for the organic EL element.
- the insulating layer 14 is formed between the transparent electrode layers 11 on the gas barrier layer 6, and the partition wall portion (forced sword separator) 15 is formed thereon.
- the organic EL display device of the present invention has a white light emitting layer that emits white light, for example, as shown in FIG. A green display can be obtained and the luminance of green light can be improved.
- the green light component can be increased by making the area of the green color conversion unit larger than the areas of the red color conversion unit and the blue color conversion unit. Therefore, the organic EL display device of the present invention uses the above-described color filter substrate for the organic EL element even when it has a white light emitting layer that emits white light, and therefore has an excellent balance of the color characteristics of the three primary colors.
- the organic EL layer used in the present invention is composed of one or more organic layers including at least a light emitting layer. That is, the organic EL layer is a layer including at least a light-emitting layer, and the layer structure is a layer having one or more organic layers.
- the organic EL layer is formed by a wet method by coating, it is often difficult to stack a large number of layers in relation to the solvent, so it is often formed with one or two organic layers.
- it is possible to further increase the number of layers by devising organic materials so that their solubility in solvents is different or by combining vacuum deposition methods.
- Examples of the organic layer formed in the organic EL layer other than the light emitting layer include a charge injection layer such as a hole injection layer and an electron injection layer.
- examples of other organic layers include a charge transport layer such as a hole transport layer that transports holes to the light-emitting layer and an electron transport layer that transports electrons to the light-emitting layer.
- the layer is formed integrally with the charge injection layer by imparting a charge transport function to the layer.
- As an organic layer formed in the organic EL layer it prevents holes or electrons from penetrating like the carrier block layer, and further prevents diffusion of excitons and confines excitons in the light emitting layer. Examples include a layer for increasing the recombination efficiency.
- the light emitting layer used in the present invention has a function of emitting light by providing a recombination field between electrons and holes.
- the light emitting layer may be a white light emitting layer that emits white light or a blue light emitting layer that emits blue light.
- the blue light emitting layer usually contains a blue light emitting material that emits blue light.
- a general thing can be used as a blue light-emitting body.
- SrGa S: Ce, CaGa S: Ce, B which are disclosed in JP-A-7-122364 and JP-A-8-134440.
- a light body is preferably used.
- the blue luminescent material include fluorescent whitening agents such as benzothiazole, benzimidazole, and benzoxazole exemplified in JP-A-8-279394, JP-A-63-295695.
- fluorescent whitening agents such as benzothiazole, benzimidazole, and benzoxazole exemplified in JP-A-8-279394, JP-A-63-295695.
- Examples of the benzothiazole fluorescent whitening agent include 2-2 '-(p-phenylene divinylene) monobisbenzothiazole.
- Examples of the benzoimidazole-based fluorescent brightener include 2_ [2- [4 -— (2-benzimidazolyl) phenyl] bulu] benzimidazole or 2_ [2- (4-carboxyphenyl) bulu] benzimidazole. Sol and the like.
- benzoxazole-based optical brightener examples include 2,5_bis (5,7_di-tert-pentyl_2_benzoxazolyl) _1,3,4-thiadiazole, 4,4 '_Bis (5,7_t-pentyl_2_benzoxazolyl) stilbene or 2_ [2_ (4-cyclophenyl) bulu] naphtho [1,2_d] oxazole It is done.
- examples of the metal chelate oxinoid compound include 8- (triquinone) -tris (8-quinolinol) aluminum, bis (8-quinolinol) magnesium, bis (benzo [f] -8-quinolinol) zinc, etc. Examples thereof include hydroxyquinoline metal complexes and dilithium pintridione.
- examples of the styrylbenzene compounds include 1,4_bis (2-methylstyryl) benzene, 1,4_bis (3-methylstyryl) benzene, 1,4_bis (4-methylstyryl) benzene, and distyryl.
- examples of the distyrylvirazine derivative include 2,5_bis (4 methylstyryl) pyrazine, 2,5_bis (4-ethylylstyryl) pyrazine, 2,5_bis [2- (1— Naphthyl)) bier] pyrazine, 2,5 bis (4-methoxystyryl) pyrazine, 2,5 bis [2- (4-biphenyl) vinyl] pyrazine, or 2,5-bis [2- (1-pyrenyl) Vinyl] pyrazine and the like, or derivatives thereof.
- aromatic dimethylidin compounds examples include 1,4 phenylene range methylidin, 4,4 phenylene range methylidin, 2 methylidin, 1,4-p-terephedylene range methylidin, 9,10-anthracene.
- blue luminescent material examples include compounds represented by the general formula (Rs_Q) -AL-0-L disclosed in JP-A-5-258862. here,
- L is a hydrocarbon having 6 to 24 carbon atoms including a benzene ring
- _L is a phenolate ligand
- Q is a substituted 8 _quinolinolato ligand
- Rs is aluminum
- white light emission by the white light emitting layer can be obtained by superimposing light emitted from a plurality of light emitters.
- the white light-emitting layer in the present invention may be one that obtains white light emission by superimposing two-color light emission of two kinds of light emitters having a predetermined fluorescence peak wavelength, and three kinds of light emission layers having a predetermined fluorescence peak wavelength. You can also obtain white light emission by superimposing the three-color light emission of the illuminant. Especially, it is preferable that a white light emitting layer shows white light emission with few green light components.
- the green color conversion part partially on the green coloring part, a good green display can be obtained and the brightness of the green light can be improved, so that the balance of the color characteristics of the three primary colors is excellent. This is because it can be an organic EL display device.
- the white light emitting layer emits white light by a so-called two-wavelength light source that obtains white light emission by superimposing two-color light emission of two kinds of light emitters having a predetermined fluorescence peak wavelength. It is preferable.
- the white light emitting layer preferably contains a blue light emitter and a small amount of a red light emitter and emits white light from a two-wavelength light source.
- the white light emission obtained by such a white light emitting layer contains almost no green light component.
- the green color conversion part partially on the green coloration part, the white light emission can be improved. This is because a green display can be obtained and the brightness of green light can be improved, so that an organic EL display device having an excellent balance of the color characteristics of the three primary colors can be obtained.
- the “two-wavelength light source” here includes a case where the main light emission power is not the only two-wavelength light emission but the main light emission power.
- the blue phosphor used for the white light-emitting layer preferably has a fluorescence peak wavelength of 380 nm or more and less than 480 nm, more preferably 420 nm or more and less than 475 nm.
- a blue light emitter among the compounds described in, for example, JP-A-3-231970, International Publication No. WO92Z0 5131 or JP-A-7-26254, the above-described fluorescence condition is satisfied. Things. Specific examples include the compounds described in JP-A-6-207170.
- the red phosphor used for the white light-emitting layer has a fluorescence peak wavelength of 575 nm or more. More preferably, it is 580 nm or more and 620 nm or less.
- red light emitters include dicyanomethylenepyran derivatives, dicyanomethylenethiopyran derivatives, fluorescein derivatives, and perylene derivatives that are used as red starting laser dyes described in European Patent Publication No. 0281381. Can be mentioned.
- the content of the red light emitter is set in a range in which concentration quenching does not occur.
- the thickness of the light emitting layer is not particularly limited, but can be, for example, about 5 nm to 5 ⁇ m, and preferably about 5 nm to l z m.
- the method for forming the light emitting layer is not particularly limited as long as it is a method capable of high-definition patterning.
- vapor deposition, printing, inkjet, or spin coating casting, dating, bar coating, blade coating, roll coating, gravure coating, flexographic printing, spray coating, and self-organization And the like (alternate adsorption method, self-assembled monolayer method) and the like.
- coating or vapor deposition may be performed by a masking method, or a partition may be formed between the light emitting layers.
- a hole injection layer may be formed between the light emitting layer and the anode (transparent electrode layer or counter electrode layer). This is because by providing the hole injection layer, the injection of holes into the light emitting layer is stabilized and the light emission efficiency can be increased.
- a material generally used for a hole injection layer of an organic EL element can be used.
- the constituent material of the hole injection layer may be any material that has either a hole injection property or an electron barrier property, and may be an organic material or an inorganic material.
- the constituent material of the hole injection layer includes a triazole derivative, an oxadiazole derivative, an imidazole derivative, a polyarylalkane derivative, a pyrazoline derivative, a pyrazolone derivative, a phenylenediamine derivative, an arylamine derivative, and an amino substitution.
- conductive polymer oligomers such as thiophene oligomers can be exemplified.
- examples of the constituent material of the hole injection layer include borphyrin compounds, aromatic tertiary amine compounds, and styrylamine compounds.
- porphyrin compound examples include porphine, 1, 10, 15, 20-tetraphenyl 2-nitrone 21H, 23H-porphine copper ( ⁇ ), aluminum phthalocyanine lipide, or copper otamethyl phthalocyanine. .
- aromatic tertiary amine compound examples include N, N, ⁇ ', N'-tetraphenyl bis-nore-1,4'-diaminophenyl, ⁇ , ⁇ '-diphenyl ⁇ , ⁇ '- Bis-one (3-methylphenol) [1, 1'-biphenyl] — 4, 4'-diamin, 4— (di- ⁇ -trinoleamino) -one 4′— [4 (di- ⁇ —Tolylamino) styryl] stilbene, 3-methoxy-l 4 '_ ⁇ , ⁇ _diph ⁇ ninore aminostilbenzene, 4, 4'-bis [ ⁇ - (1-naphthyl) l ⁇ -phenylamino] biph enore, or 4, 4 ', 4' '-tris [ ⁇ - (3-methylphenyl) _ ⁇ _phenylamino] triphenylamine and the like
- the thickness of such a hole injection layer is not particularly limited, but can be, for example, about 5 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ , and particularly about 5nm to 0.5 / im. It is preferable to do.
- an electron injection layer may be formed between the light emitting layer and the cathode (transparent electrode layer or counter electrode layer). This is because by providing the electron injection layer, the injection of electrons into the light emitting layer is stabilized, and the light emission efficiency can be increased.
- Examples of the constituent material of the electron injection layer used in the present invention include heterocyclic tetracarboxylic anhydrides such as nitro-substituted fluorene derivatives, anthraquinodimethane derivatives, diphenylquinone derivatives, thiopyran dioxide derivatives, naphthalene perylene, and the like.
- thiazole derivatives in which the oxygen atom of the oxadiazole ring of the oxadiazole ring is substituted with a thioadiene, carbodiimide, fluorenylidenemethane derivatives, anthraquinodimethane and anthrone derivatives, oxadiazole derivatives, Illustrate quinoxaline derivatives having a quinoxaline ring, metal complexes of 8-quinolinol derivatives such as tris (8-quinolinol) aluminum, phthalocyanines, metal phthalocyanines, or distyrylvirazine derivatives. It can be.
- the thickness of the electron injection layer is not particularly limited, and can be, for example, about 5 nm to 5 / im, and preferably about 5 nm to 0.5 / im. .
- the transparent electrode layer used in the present invention is for applying voltage to the organic EL layer sandwiched between the counter electrode layer and causing light emission at a predetermined position.
- This transparent electrode layer is formed on the color conversion layer side surface of the above-described organic EL element color filter substrate. For example, as shown in FIG. 6 and FIG. It is formed in a stripe shape having a width corresponding to the width of the opening. In this case, the pitch of the striped transparent electrode layer 11 is the same as the pitch of the openings of the light shielding portion 4.
- the transparent electrode layer in the present invention is usually composed of a metal oxide thin film having transparency and conductivity.
- metal oxides include indium tin oxide (ITO), indium oxide, zinc oxide, and stannic oxide.
- a method for forming such a transparent electrode layer for example, a method of forming a metal oxide thin film by a vapor deposition method or a sputtering method and then patterning by a photolithography method is preferably used.
- the counter electrode layer used in the present invention constitutes the other electrode for causing the organic EL layer to emit light, and is an electrode having a charge opposite to that of the transparent electrode layer. This counter electrode layer is formed on the organic EL layer.
- the counter electrode layer in the present invention is usually composed of a metal, a alloy, or a mixture thereof having a work function as small as about 4 eV or less. Specifically, sodium, sodium potassium alloy, magnesium, lithium, magnesium / copper mixture, magnesium / silver mixture, magnesium / aluminum mixture, magnesium Z indium mixture, aluminum / aluminum oxide (Al 2 O 3) mixture , Indium or lithium / aluminum
- a mixture, a rare earth metal, etc. can be illustrated. More preferably, a magnesium / silver mixture, a magnesium / aluminum mixture, a magnesium Z indium mixture, an aluminum Z aluminum oxide (Al 2 O 3) mixture, or a lithium / aluminum mixture.
- the counter electrode layer preferably has a sheet resistance of several hundred ⁇ / cm or less.
- the thickness of the counter electrode layer is preferably about 10 nm to l ⁇ , more preferably 5
- a method for forming such a counter electrode layer a method of forming a thin film by a vapor deposition method or a sputtering method and then patterning by a photolithography method is preferably used.
- an insulating layer may be formed between the striped transparent electrode layers so as to correspond to the light shielding portion.
- a partition wall functioning as a mask for forming a light emitting layer or the like may be formed on the insulating layer.
- a material for forming the partition wall for example, a photocurable resin such as a photosensitive polyimide resin or an acrylic resin, a thermosetting resin, or an inorganic material can be used. In this case, you may perform the process which changes the surface energy (wetting property) of a partition part.
- the driving method of the organic EL display device of the present invention may be a shift or shift of a noisy matrix or an active matrix.
- the present invention is not limited to the above embodiment.
- the above-described embodiment is an example, and has substantially the same configuration as the technical idea described in the claims of the present invention, and the one that exhibits the same function and effect is a good one. However, it is included in the technical scope of the present invention.
- a transparent base material 150 mm ⁇ 150 mm, 0.7 mm thick soda glass (manufactured by Central Glass Co., Ltd.) was prepared.
- a thin film (thickness 0.2 ⁇ ) of oxynitride composite chromium was formed on the entire surface of one side of the transparent substrate by sputtering.
- a photosensitive resist is applied onto the composite oxynitride thin film, mask exposure, development, and etching of the composite oxynitride thin film
- rectangular openings of 80 / im X 280 / im are arranged in a matrix with a pitch of 100 ⁇ m in the short side direction and a pitch of 300 ⁇ m in the long side direction. did.
- a coating solution for forming colored portions of red, green and blue was prepared.
- Condensed azo pigments manufactured by Chinoku 'Specialty' Chemicals, Chromophthal Red BRN
- phthalocyanine green pigments Lionol Green 2Y—301, manufactured by Toyo Ink Co., Ltd.
- anthraquinone pigments (Ciba 'Special Chemicals, Chromophthal Blue A3R) were used.
- polybulu alcohol (10% aqueous solution) was used as the binder resin.
- Each colorant was blended at a ratio of 1 part by weight with respect to 10 parts by weight of the polybula alcohol aqueous solution, and sufficiently mixed and dispersed. Further, 1 part by weight of ammonium dichromate was added as a cross-linking agent to 100 parts by weight of the obtained solution to obtain each colored portion forming coating solution.
- Each colored portion was formed using the above-described coating liquid for forming colored portions. That is, on the transparent base material on which the black matrix was formed, a red colored portion forming coating solution was applied by a spin coating method and pre-baked at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes. Then, it exposed using the photomask and developed with the developing solution (0.05% KOH aqueous solution). Next, post-bake for 60 minutes at 200 ° C was performed, synchronized with the pattern of the black matrix, and a striped red colored part with a width of 85 / im and a thickness of 1.5 / im, with the width direction being black It was formed so as to be in the short side direction of the opening of the matrix.
- the green colored portion forming coating solution and the blue colored portion forming coating solution were sequentially used to form striped green colored portions and blue colored portions. Thereby, a colored layer in which the colored portions of the three primary colors were repeatedly arranged in the width direction was formed.
- a coating solution for forming the transmission area (transparent photosensitive resin composition, product name: Color Mosaic CB-701, manufactured by Fuji Hunt Electronics Technology Co., Ltd.) is spin-coated on the black matrix and colored layer. Apply by 100. Pre-bake for 5 minutes at C. Next, after patterning by photolithography, post baking was performed at 200 ° C. for 60 minutes. This gives a width of 85 xm and a thickness of 2 on the blue and red colored areas. Each of the 5 ⁇ m stripe-shaped transmission portions was formed.
- FIG. 1 1 (as shown, the green colored tone (this, width 10 zm, gap 5 ⁇ m, thickness 2.5 ⁇ m) was formed as a striped green color conversion part 3G.
- a flattening layer forming coating solution was prepared by diluting an acrylate-based photocurable resin (manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: V-259PA / PH5) with propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, This flat layer forming coating solution is applied by spin coating on the color conversion layer, pre-baked at 120 ° C for 5 minutes, and then irradiated with ultraviolet rays to a dose of 300 mJ. After exposure, post-bake at 200 ° C for 60 minutes to form a transparent flattening layer with a thickness of 2 ⁇ m to cover the entire colored layer and color conversion layer. Formed.
- an acrylate-based photocurable resin manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: V-259PA / PH5
- This flat layer forming coating solution is applied by spin coating on the color conversion layer, pre-baked at 120 ° C for 5 minutes, and then irradiated with ultraviolet rays to
- an indium tin oxide (ITO) electrode film having a thickness of 150 nm is formed on the planarizing layer by ion plating, a photosensitive resist is applied on the ITO electrode film, mask exposure, development, and ITO electrode film are applied. Etching was performed to form a transparent electrode layer.
- This transparent electrode layer is a striped pattern with a width of 80 / m formed so as to run on the flat substrate layer from the transparent substrate, and is positioned on each colored portion of the colored layer on the color conversion layer. It was something to do.
- an insulating layer forming coating solution diluted with toluene with a norbornene resin JSR Co., Ltd., ARTON
- an insulating film thickness 1 ⁇ m
- beta 100 ° C., 30 minutes
- a photosensitive resist was applied on the insulating film, mask exposure, development, and etching of the insulating film were performed to form an insulating layer.
- This insulating layer is arranged so that the opening of the insulating layer is located in the opening of the black matrix, and the opening of the insulating layer is 90 ⁇ m X 290 ⁇ m larger than the opening of the black matrix.
- the shape was rectangular.
- partition wall coating manufactured by Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd., photoresist, ZPN1100 was applied over the entire surface to cover the insulating layer by spin coating, and pre-beta (70 ° C, 30 minutes) was performed. It was.
- the partition wall had a shape with a height of 10 zm, a lower part (insulating layer side) width of 15 ⁇ m, and an upper part width of 26 ⁇ m.
- an organic EL layer composed of a hole injection layer and a white light emitting layer was formed by vacuum vapor deposition using the partition wall as a mask.
- N ⁇ '-diphenyl 1 ⁇ , ⁇ ⁇ '-bis (3-methylphenyl) 1 [1, ⁇ -biphenyl] 1, 4'-diamin is used as an opening corresponding to the image display area.
- the film is formed by vapor deposition up to 60 nm through a photomask equipped with a mask, and the partition walls become a mask pattern.
- the material for forming the hole injection layer passes only between the partition walls and is positively formed on the transparent electrode layer. A hole injection layer was formed.
- tris (8-quinolinol) aluminum was deposited to a thickness of 20 nm to form an electron injection layer.
- the organic EL layer thus formed was present between the partition walls as a stripe-like pattern having a width of 280 ⁇ .
- a partition electrode portion was used as a mask to form a 200-nm-thick counter electrode layer made of magnesium Z-silver compound on the organic EL layer.
- This counter electrode layer was present on the white organic EL layer as a stripe pattern having a width of 280 zm.
- an organic EL display device was produced.
- An organic EL display device was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the color conversion layer was not formed in Example 1.
- a transparent electrode layer is obtained by applying a voltage of DC 8.5 V to the transparent electrode layer and the counter electrode layer of the organic EL display device of Example 1 and Comparative Example 1 at a constant current density of 10 mA / cm 2 and continuously driving the transparent electrode layer.
- the white light emitting layer at a desired portion where the counter electrode layer and the counter electrode layer intersect was caused to emit light.
- CIE chromaticity coordinates (JIS Z 8701) for the emission of each color observed on the opposite side of the transparent substrate after color conversion in the color conversion layer or transmission as it is and color correction in the colored layer. was measured.
- Example 1 an organic EL display device was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that a colored layer was formed as shown below.
- a coating solution for forming colored portions of red, green and blue was prepared.
- Condensed azo pigments manufactured by Chinoku 'Specialty' Chemicals, Chromophthal Red BRN
- phthalocyanine green pigments Lionol Green 2Y—301, manufactured by Toyo Ink Co., Ltd.
- anthraquinone pigments (Ciba 'Special Chemicals, Chromophthal Blue A3R) were used.
- acrylic UV curable resin composition (acrylic UV curable resin 20% ⁇ acrylic UV curable resin monomer 20% ⁇ additive 5% ⁇ propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) 55 %) was used.
- Acrylic UV curable resin composition Each colorant was blended at a ratio of 1 part (all parts are based on mass) to 10 parts of the product and sufficiently mixed and dispersed to obtain a coating solution for forming colored parts.
- Each colored portion was formed using the above-described coating liquid for forming colored portions. That is, on the transparent base material on which the above black matrix was formed, the red colored portion forming coating solution was applied by a spin coating method, and pre-baked at 120 ° C. for 2 minutes. Then, exposure using a photomask (accumulated exposure 300MjZcm 2), was present image with a developer solution (0. 05./ ⁇ Kappa_ ⁇ _Ita solution). Next, post-bake for 60 minutes at 230 ° C was performed, and synchronized with the black matrix pattern. Striped red colored parts with a width of 85 xm and a thickness of 1.5 xm, with the width direction being black.
- the green colored portion forming coating solution and the blue colored portion forming coating solution were sequentially used to form striped green colored portions and blue colored portions. As a result, a colored layer in which the colored portions of the three primary colors were repeatedly arranged in the width direction was formed.
- the organic EL display device of Example 2 was capable of high brightness, high color purity, and display of three primary colors.
- soda glass manufactured by Central Glass Co., Ltd.
- a thickness of 370 mm ⁇ 470 mm and a thickness of 0.7 mm was prepared.
- a thin film (thickness 0.2 ⁇ ) of oxynitride composite chromium was formed by sputtering.
- a photosensitive resist is applied onto this oxynitride composite chrome thin film, mask exposure, development, and etching of the oxynitride composite chrome thin film are sequentially performed, and a rectangular opening of 80 ⁇ m X 280 ⁇ m becomes short.
- a black matrix arranged in a matrix with a pitch of 100 ⁇ m in the side direction and a pitch of 300 xm in the long side direction was formed.
- a coating solution for forming colored portions of red, green and blue was prepared.
- Condensed azo pigments manufactured by Chinoku 'Specialty' Chemicals, Chromophthal Red BRN
- phthalocyanine green pigments Lionol Darin 2Y-301, manufactured by Toyo Ink Co., Ltd.
- anthraquinone pigments Ti's Chemikanorezu, chromophthal blue A3R
- acrylic UV curable resin composition (acrylic UV curable resin 20%, acrylic UV curable resin monomer 20%, additive 5%, propylene glycol monomethyl ether Acetate (PGMEA) 55%) was used. Each colorant is blended at a ratio of 1 part (all parts are based on mass) to 10 parts of the acrylic UV curable resin composition, and thoroughly mixed and dispersed. Got.
- Each colored portion was formed using the above-described coating liquid for forming colored portions. That is, on the transparent base material on which the above black matrix was formed, the red colored portion forming coating solution was applied by a spin coating method, and pre-baked at 120 ° C. for 2 minutes. Then, exposure using a photomask (accumulated exposure 300MjZcm 2), was present image with a developer solution (0. 05./ ⁇ Kappa_ ⁇ _Ita solution). Next, post-bake for 60 minutes at 230 ° C was performed, and synchronized with the black matrix pattern. Striped red colored parts with a width of 85 xm and a thickness of 1.5 xm, with the width direction being black.
- a green colored portion forming coating solution and a blue colored portion forming coating solution are sequentially used to obtain a stripe-shaped green colored portion having a width of 85 / m and a thickness of 1.6 / im, and a width of 85 / im and a thickness.
- a striped blue colored part of 1 ⁇ 6 ⁇ was formed.
- a colored layer in which the colored portions of the three primary colors were repeatedly arranged in the width direction was formed.
- An alkali-soluble negative photosensitive resist in which a green conversion phosphor (manufactured by Aldrich, Coumarin 6) is dispersed is used as a coating solution for forming a green color conversion part, and this coating solution for forming a green color conversion part is used as a black matrix and coloring.
- a green conversion phosphor manufactured by Aldrich, Coumarin 6
- this coating solution for forming a green color conversion part is used as a black matrix and coloring.
- a flat type obtained by diluting an acrylate-based photocurable resin (manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: “V_259PA / PH5”) with propylene glycol monomethyl etherate.
- V_259PA / PH5 propylene glycol monomethyl etherate.
- Pre-baking was performed at 0 ° C for 5 minutes.
- post-baking is performed at 200 ° C for 60 minutes, and transparent flattening covering the entire color layer and color conversion layer with a thickness of 2 ⁇ on the color conversion layer A layer was formed.
- Argon gas introduction amount 40 sccm, RF power: 430 kW, substrate temperature: 100.
- the film was formed with C, and a 150 nm thick silicon oxynitride film was laminated to form a transparent gas barrier layer.
- a color filter substrate for an organic EL element was produced by the series of operations described above.
- an indium tin oxide (ITO) electrode film with a thickness of 150 nm is formed on the gas barrier layer of the color filter substrate for the organic EL element by an ion plating method, and a photosensitive resist is applied on the electrode film. Then, mask exposure, development, and etching of the electrode film were performed to form a transparent electrode layer.
- ITO indium tin oxide
- a chromium thin film (thickness 0 ⁇ 2 / m) is formed by sputtering on the entire surface of the gas barrier layer so as to cover the transparent electrode layer, a photosensitive resist is applied on the chromium thin film, and a mask is formed. Exposure, development, and etching of the chromium thin film were performed to form auxiliary electrodes. This auxiliary electrode was a striped pattern formed on the transparent electrode layer so as to run on the color conversion layer from the transparent substrate.
- a coating liquid for insulating layer formation in which ARTON a norbornene resin with an average molecular weight of approximately 100000, manufactured by iSR, is diluted with toluene, is applied onto the gas barrier layer so as to cover the transparent electrode layer by spin coating.
- beta 100 ° C., 30 minutes
- a photosensitive resist was applied on the insulating film, mask exposure, development, and etching of the insulating film were performed to form an insulating layer.
- This insulating layer is a striped pattern (width 20 ⁇ m) that intersects the transparent electrode layer at a right angle, and is located on the black matrix.
- the partition wall coating manufactured by Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd., photoresist, ZPN1100 It was applied to the entire surface so as to cover the insulating layer by the method, and pre-beta (70 ° C, 30 minutes) was performed. Thereafter, exposure was performed using a predetermined photomask, development was performed with a developing solution (manufactured by Zeon Corporation, ZTMA-100), and then post beta (100 ° C., 30 minutes) was performed. As a result, a partition wall was formed on the insulating layer.
- the partition wall had a shape with a height of 10 zm, a lower part (insulating layer side) width of 15 ⁇ m, and an upper part width of 26 ⁇ m.
- an organic EL layer composed of a hole injection layer, a white light emitting layer, and an electron injection layer was formed by vacuum deposition using the partition wall as a mask.
- tris (8-quinolinol) aluminum was deposited to a thickness of 20 nm to form an electron injection layer.
- the organic EL layer formed in this manner exists between the partition walls as a stripe pattern with a width of 280 / im, and a dummy organic layer with the same layer structure on the upper surface of the partition wall. An EL layer was formed.
- a partition electrode portion was used as a mask to form a 200-nm-thick counter electrode layer made of magnesium Z-silver compound on the organic EL layer.
- This counter electrode layer has a width of 280 A ⁇ m stripe pattern exists on the organic EL layer, and a dummy counter electrode layer was also formed on the upper surface of the partition wall.
- the organic EL element was sealed to obtain an organic EL display device.
- Example 3 an organic EL display device was produced in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the thickness of the green color conversion portion was 10.8 m.
- An organic EL display device was produced in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the color conversion layer was not formed in Example 3.
- Example 3 an organic EL display device was produced in the same manner as in Example 3 except that a colored layer and a color conversion layer were formed as shown below.
- red and blue colored portion forming coating solutions were prepared.
- the red colorant is a condensed azo pigment (Chinoku 'Specialty' Chemicals, Chromophthal Red BRN), and the blue colorant is an anthraquinone pigment (Ciba 'Specialty' Chemikanorez, Chromophthalate). Blue A3R) was used respectively.
- binder resin acrylic UV curable resin composition (acrylic UV curable resin 20%, acrylic UV curable resin monomer 20%, additive 5%, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PG MEA) 55% ) was used.
- Blend 10 parts of the acrylic UV curable resin composition with 1 part of each colorant all parts are based on mass), and mix and disperse thoroughly to form red and blue colored parts.
- a coating solution was obtained.
- a green colored part forming coating solution was prepared.
- a phthalocyanine green pigment manufactured by Toyo Ink Co., Ltd., Lionol Green 2Y-301
- the binder resin the above acrylic UV curable resin composition was used. Blend 10 parts of the acrylic UV curable resin composition with 1 part of the colorant (all parts are based on mass) and thoroughly mix and disperse to obtain a green colored part forming coating solution. It was.
- Each colored portion was formed using the above-described coating solutions for forming colored portions. That is, on the transparent base material on which the above black matrix was formed, the red colored portion forming coating solution was applied by a spin coating method, and pre-baked at 120 ° C. for 2 minutes. Then, exposure using a photomask (accumulated exposure 300MjZcm 2), was present image with a developer solution (0. 05./ ⁇ Kappa_ ⁇ _Ita solution). Next, post-bake for 60 minutes at 230 ° C was performed, and synchronized with the black matrix pattern. Striped red colored parts with a width of 85 xm and a thickness of 3.0 xm, with the width direction being black.
- a green colored portion forming coating solution and a blue colored portion forming coating solution were sequentially used to form a striped green colored portion having a width of 85 zm and a thickness of 1.6 ⁇ m, and a width of 85 ⁇ and a thickness of 3
- a blue colored portion having an O xm stripe shape was formed.
- the colored portions of the three primary colors are repeatedly arranged in the width direction.
- a colored layer was formed.
- An alkali-soluble negative photosensitive resist in which a green conversion phosphor (manufactured by Aldrich, Coumarin 6) is dispersed is used as a coating solution for forming a green color conversion part, and this coating solution for forming a green color conversion part is used as a black matrix and coloring.
- a green conversion phosphor manufactured by Aldrich, Coumarin 6
- this coating solution for forming a green color conversion part is used as a black matrix and coloring.
- the organic EL display device of Example 5 was capable of observing a vivid green color and realized a wider color reproduction range.
Landscapes
- Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)
Abstract
Description
明 細 書 Specification
有機エレクト口ルミネッセンス素子用カラーフィルタ基板 Color filter substrate for organic-elect mouth luminescence device
技術分野 Technical field
[0001] 本発明は、有機エレクト口ルミネッセンス(以下、 ELと略す。)表示装置に用いられる 有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板に関するものである。 [0001] The present invention relates to a color filter substrate for an organic EL element used in an organic electoluminescence (hereinafter abbreviated as EL) display device.
背景技術 Background art
[0002] 有機 EL素子は、原理的には、陽極と陰極との間に発光層を挟んだ構造を有するも のである。実際に、有機 EL素子を用いてカラー表示の有機 EL表示装置を構成する 際には、 (1)三原色の各色をそれぞれ発光する発光層を配列する方式、(2)白色発 光する発光層と、三原色の着色層とを組み合わせるカラーフィルタ方式、ならびに(3 )青色発光する発光層と、青色光から緑色光および赤色光にそれぞれ変換する色変 換層とを組み合わせる色変換方式等がある。 An organic EL element has a structure in which a light emitting layer is sandwiched between an anode and a cathode in principle. Actually, when configuring an organic EL display device for color display using organic EL elements, (1) a method in which light emitting layers that emit each of the three primary colors are arranged, and (2) a light emitting layer that emits white light. In addition, there are a color filter system combining three primary color layers, and (3) a color conversion system combining a light emitting layer emitting blue light and a color conversion layer converting blue light to green light and red light, respectively.
[0003] 上記(1)の方式では、各色をそれぞれ発光する発光層の特性を揃える必要があり、 また高精細なパターエングが困難であるという問題がある。そこで、上記(2)のカラー フィルタ方式および上記(3)の色変換方式が注目されている。これらの方式は、単一 種類の発光層のみを使用すれば足りるので、上記(1)の方式のような不具合はない [0003] In the method (1), it is necessary to make the characteristics of the light emitting layers that emit light of each color uniform, and there is a problem that high-definition patterning is difficult. Therefore, the color filter method (2) and the color conversion method (3) are attracting attention. Since these methods only require the use of a single type of light-emitting layer, there is no problem like the method (1) above.
[0004] し力、しながら、上記(3)の色変換方式では、外光により色変換層中の蛍光体が励起 されてコントラストが低下するという不具合がある。このため、色変換層と透明基材との 間に着色層が形成されるのが一般的である。また、着色層を設けることにより色純度 を向上させることができる。し力 ながら、色変換層は比較的厚みが厚いので、蛍光 体力 発せられた光が散乱を生じるなどして光が漏洩するため、光の利用効率が低 レ、という問題がある。 [0004] However, the color conversion method (3) has a problem that the phosphor in the color conversion layer is excited by external light and the contrast is lowered. For this reason, a colored layer is generally formed between the color conversion layer and the transparent substrate. In addition, the color purity can be improved by providing a colored layer. However, since the color conversion layer is relatively thick, there is a problem in that the light use efficiency is low because light emitted from the phosphor is scattered due to scattering.
[0005] また、上記(2)のカラーフィルタ方式においては、色相補正のために発光層と着色 層との間に色変換層が形成されることがある。し力 ながら、この場合も同様に、色変 換層の厚みが比較的厚いので、光の散乱等により光が漏洩するため、光の利用効率 が低いという問題がある。 [0006] このように、色相補正と、輝度すなわち光の取出し効率とは、相容れない関係にあり 、色純度を高めることと輝度を向上させることの両方を実現するのは困難である。 [0005] In the color filter system (2), a color conversion layer may be formed between the light emitting layer and the colored layer for hue correction. However, in this case as well, similarly, since the color conversion layer is relatively thick, light leaks due to light scattering and the like. As described above, hue correction and luminance, that is, light extraction efficiency are incompatible with each other, and it is difficult to achieve both improvement in color purity and luminance.
[0007] 光の取出し効率を高めて輝度を向上させる例としては、各色変換層の間に反射性 を有する遮光部を設ける方法 (例えば特許文献 1参照)や、発光層と色変換層との間 に形成される層の屈折率を調整する方法 (例えば特許文献 2参照)などが提案されて いる。し力、しながら、色変換層自体の構成により輝度向上を図った例は報告されてい ない。 [0007] Examples of improving the luminance by increasing the light extraction efficiency include a method of providing a light-shielding portion having reflectivity between the color conversion layers (see, for example, Patent Document 1), A method of adjusting the refractive index of the layers formed between them (for example, see Patent Document 2) has been proposed. However, no example has been reported in which the brightness is improved by the configuration of the color conversion layer itself.
[0008] また、上記(2)のカラーフィルタ方式に用いられる白色発光する発光層を得る方法 に関しては盛んに研究が行われており、例えば白色発光する発光材料を用いる方法 、または補色の関係にある複数色の発光材料を用いる方法などが提案されている。 このうち、白色発光する発光材料は少ないことから、補色の関係にある複数色の発光 材料を用いる方法が主流となっている。 [0008] In addition, active research has been conducted on a method for obtaining a light emitting layer that emits white light used in the color filter method of (2) above. For example, a method using a light emitting material that emits white light, or a complementary color relationship. A method using a light emitting material of a plurality of colors has been proposed. Among these, since there are few light emitting materials that emit white light, a method using light emitting materials of a plurality of colors having a complementary color relationship has become the mainstream.
[0009] 複数色の発光材料を使用する場合は、青色系発光材料とその補色となる橙色系発 光材料とを選択することが知られている(例えば、特許文献 3参照)。この方法により 得られる白色光の発光スペクトルは、青色系発光材料および橙色系発光材料に由 来する青色および赤色の 2つの波長ピークをもつものである。このため、このような白 色光が着色層を透過した場合、実際には赤色光および青色光が強く観察され、緑色 光はほとんど観察されないこととなるので、白色発光する発光層を用いた有機 EL表 示装置では三原色の色特性のバランスが悪いという問題があった。 [0009] When using light emitting materials of a plurality of colors, it is known to select a blue light emitting material and an orange light emitting material that is a complementary color thereof (see, for example, Patent Document 3). The emission spectrum of white light obtained by this method has two wavelength peaks, blue and red, derived from blue light emitting materials and orange light emitting materials. For this reason, when such white light passes through the colored layer, red light and blue light are actually observed strongly, and green light is hardly observed. Therefore, organic EL using a light emitting layer that emits white light is used. The display device has a problem that the color characteristics of the three primary colors are not well balanced.
[0010] 特許文献 1 :特開 2004-288447号公報 Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-288447
特許文献 2:特開 2003-077680号公報 Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-077680
特許文献 3:特開平 9一 63770号公報 Patent Document 3: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-63770
発明の開示 Disclosure of the invention
発明が解決しょうとする課題 Problems to be solved by the invention
[0011] 本発明は、上記問題点に鑑みてなされたものであり、高輝度かつ高効率の有機 EL 表示装置を得ることが可能であり、また白色発光層を有する有機 EL表示装置に適用 可能であり、三原色の色特性のバランスに優れる有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板 を提供することを主目的とする。 課題を解決するための手段 [0011] The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and it is possible to obtain an organic EL display device having high luminance and high efficiency, and is applicable to an organic EL display device having a white light emitting layer. The main objective is to provide a color filter substrate for organic EL elements that has an excellent balance of color characteristics of the three primary colors. Means for solving the problem
[0012] 本発明は、上記目的を達成するために、透明基材と、上記透明基材上にパターン 状に形成された着色層と、上記着色層上に部分的に形成された色変換層とを有する ことを特徴とする有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板を提供する。 In order to achieve the above object, the present invention provides a transparent base material, a colored layer formed in a pattern on the transparent base material, and a color conversion layer partially formed on the colored layer. The present invention provides a color filter substrate for an organic EL device characterized by comprising:
[0013] 本発明においては、着色層上に部分的に色変換層が形成されているので、このよ うな有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板を用いた有機 EL表示装置においては、発光 層からの発光のうち一部が色変換層を透過する。この際、色変換層中の色変換蛍光 体に入射光が吸収され蛍光が発せられるが、この蛍光は色変換層中の他の色変換 蛍光体により散舌しして色変換層の側面から漏れてしまう。本発明においては色変換 層が着色層上に部分的に形成されているので、この散乱して漏れた光を、着色層上 の色変換層が形成されていない領域から出射させることができる。その結果、色変換 層中で散乱して漏れた光を効率良く取り出すことができ、輝度を向上させることが可 能となる。したがって、本発明の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板を用いることにより 、高輝度かつ高効率の有機 EL表示装置を提供することができる。 In the present invention, since the color conversion layer is partially formed on the colored layer, the organic EL display device using such a color filter substrate for an organic EL element emits light from the light emitting layer. A part of them pass through the color conversion layer. At this time, incident light is absorbed by the color conversion phosphor in the color conversion layer and fluorescence is emitted. This fluorescence is scattered by other color conversion phosphors in the color conversion layer and from the side of the color conversion layer. Leaks. In the present invention, since the color conversion layer is partially formed on the colored layer, this scattered and leaked light can be emitted from a region where the color conversion layer on the colored layer is not formed. As a result, the light scattered and leaked in the color conversion layer can be efficiently extracted, and the luminance can be improved. Therefore, by using the organic EL element color filter substrate of the present invention, it is possible to provide an organic EL display device with high luminance and high efficiency.
また、上述したように色相補正と輝度とは相容れない関係にある力 本発明におい ては上記の構成とすることにより、高い色純度および高い光の取出し効率の両立を 図ること力 Sできる。 In addition, as described above, the force in which hue correction and luminance are incompatible with each other In the present invention, the above-described configuration makes it possible to achieve both high color purity and high light extraction efficiency.
[0014] さらに、本発明の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板を例えば白色発光層を有する 有機 EL表示装置に用いる場合、一般に白色発光層から発せられる白色光は赤色光 および青色光から構成され緑色光の成分が少なレ、場合が多レ、が、本発明におレ、て は例えば赤色色変換部、緑色色変換部および青色色変換部のうち、赤色色変換部 および青色色変換部を各着色部上に部分的に形成し、緑色色変換部の面積を赤色 色変換部および青色色変換部の各々の面積よりも大きくすることにより、緑色光の成 分を多くすることができる。したがって、三原色の色特性のバランスに優れる有機 EL 表示装置を提供することが可能である。 [0014] Further, when the color filter substrate for an organic EL element of the present invention is used for an organic EL display device having a white light emitting layer, for example, white light generally emitted from the white light emitting layer is composed of red light and blue light, and green light. In the present invention, for example, among the red color conversion unit, the green color conversion unit, and the blue color conversion unit, each of the red color conversion unit and the blue color conversion unit is provided. The green light component can be increased by forming partly on the colored part and making the area of the green color conversion part larger than the area of each of the red color conversion part and the blue color conversion part. Therefore, it is possible to provide an organic EL display device that is excellent in the balance of the color characteristics of the three primary colors.
[0015] 上記発明においては、上記色変換層が、上記着色層上にパターン状に形成されて レ、ることが好ましい。色変換層が着色層上にパターン状に形成されていることにより、 色変換層の表面積が増えるので、色変換層中で散乱して漏れた光をさらに効率的に 取り出すことができ、輝度をより一層向上させることができるからである。 In the above invention, it is preferable that the color conversion layer is formed in a pattern on the colored layer. Since the color conversion layer is formed in a pattern on the colored layer, the surface area of the color conversion layer is increased, so that light scattered and leaked in the color conversion layer can be more efficiently This is because it can be taken out and the luminance can be further improved.
[0016] また本発明においては、上記着色層が、赤色着色部、緑色着色部および青色着色 部を有し、上記色変換層が、上記赤色着色部上に部分的に形成された赤色色変換 部および上記緑色着色部上に部分的に形成された緑色色変換部の少なくともいず れか一方を有することが好ましい。各色変換部が各着色部上に部分的に形成されて レ、ることにより、各色変換部中で散乱して漏れた光を効率的に取り出すことができ、 赤色光や緑色光の輝度を向上させることができるからである。 In the present invention, the colored layer has a red colored portion, a green colored portion, and a blue colored portion, and the color conversion layer is partially formed on the red colored portion. And at least one of a green color conversion portion partially formed on the green coloring portion. Each color conversion part is partially formed on each colored part, so that light scattered and leaked in each color conversion part can be taken out efficiently, improving the brightness of red light and green light It is because it can be made.
[0017] 上記発明においては、上記赤色着色部上に赤色色変換部が形成されていなくても よい。入射光が例えば赤色光および青色光の成分を含む白色光である場合は、入 射光を赤色光に変換する赤色色変換部が形成されていなくてもよいからである。また 、パターユング工程を繰り返し行う必要がなぐコスト的に有利であり、製造工程が簡 便となるからである。 [0017] In the above invention, the red color conversion part may not be formed on the red coloring part. This is because when the incident light is white light including components of red light and blue light, for example, a red color conversion unit that converts the incident light into red light may not be formed. In addition, it is advantageous in terms of cost because it is not necessary to repeat the patterning process, and the manufacturing process is simplified.
[0018] また本発明においては、上記色変換層上に平坦ィ匕層が形成されていることが好ま しい。平坦化層が形成されていることにより、着色層や色変換層を保護することがで きるからである。また、本発明の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板を有機 EL表示装 置に用いた場合には、透明電極層形成時の影響を低減し、有機 EL層形成時の厚 みムラの発生を防止することができるからである。 In the present invention, it is preferable that a flat layer is formed on the color conversion layer. This is because the colored layer and the color conversion layer can be protected by forming the planarizing layer. In addition, when the color filter substrate for an organic EL element of the present invention is used in an organic EL display device, the influence at the time of forming the transparent electrode layer is reduced, and the occurrence of uneven thickness at the time of forming the organic EL layer is prevented. Because it can.
[0019] この場合、上記平坦ィ匕層が光散乱性を有していてもよい。平坦ィ匕層が光散乱性を 有することにより、色変換層で変換された光が透明基材に対して水平な方向に漏れ るのを抑制し、透明基材に対して垂直な方向(観察者側)に光を効率的に取り出すこ とが可能となるからである。 In this case, the flat layer may have a light scattering property. Since the flat layer has light scattering properties, the light converted by the color conversion layer is prevented from leaking in a direction horizontal to the transparent substrate, and the direction perpendicular to the transparent substrate (observation) This is because it is possible to efficiently extract light to the person side.
[0020] さらに本発明においては、上記着色層が、赤色着色部、緑色着色部および青色着 色部を有し、上記色変換層が、上記緑色着色部上に形成された緑色色変換部を少 なくとも有し、上記緑色色変換部の面積が、上記赤色着色部上に形成される赤色色 変換部および上記青色着色部上に形成される青色色変換部の各々の面積よりも大 きいことが好ましい。 Furthermore, in the present invention, the colored layer has a red colored portion, a green colored portion, and a blue colored portion, and the color conversion layer includes a green color converted portion formed on the green colored portion. At least, the area of the green color conversion part is larger than the area of each of the red color conversion part formed on the red color part and the blue color conversion part formed on the blue color part. It is preferable.
本発明の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板を例えば白色発光層を有する有機 EL 表示装置に用いる場合、一般に白色発光層から発せられる白色光は赤色光および 青色光から構成され緑色光の成分が少ない場合が多いが、本発明においては入射 光を緑色光に変換する緑色色変換部を形成し、この緑色色変換部の面積を赤色色 変換部および青色色変換部の各々の面積よりも大きくすることにより、緑色光の成分 を多くすることができるからである。これにより、三原色の色特性のバランスに優れる 有機 EL表示装置を提供することが可能である。 When the color filter substrate for an organic EL element of the present invention is used in, for example, an organic EL display device having a white light emitting layer, white light generally emitted from the white light emitting layer is red light and Although it is often composed of blue light and has a small amount of green light component, in the present invention, a green color conversion unit that converts incident light into green light is formed, and the area of this green color conversion unit is defined as a red color conversion unit and a blue color. This is because the green light component can be increased by making the area larger than each area of the color converter. As a result, it is possible to provide an organic EL display device that is excellent in the balance of the color characteristics of the three primary colors.
[0021] 上記発明においては、上記赤色色変換部および上記青色色変換部が形成されて レ、ないことが好ましい。すなわち、色変換層が、緑色着色部上に形成された緑色色 変換部のみを有することが好ましい。パターユング工程を繰り返し行う必要がなぐコ スト的に有利であり製造工程が簡便となるからである。 In the above invention, it is preferable that the red color conversion portion and the blue color conversion portion are not formed. That is, the color conversion layer preferably has only a green color conversion part formed on the green coloring part. This is because there is no need to repeat the patterning process, which is cost-effective and the manufacturing process is simplified.
[0022] この場合、上記赤色着色部の厚みと、上記緑色着色部および上記緑色色変換部 を合わせた厚みと、上記青色着色部の厚みとの差が、 2. O z m以下であることが好ま しい。上記の厚みの差が大きすぎると、着色層および色変換層の構成による段差(凹 凸)が大きくなり、その表面を平坦ィ匕するのが困難となるからである。 [0022] In this case, the difference between the thickness of the red colored portion, the combined thickness of the green colored portion and the green color converting portion, and the thickness of the blue colored portion may be 2. Ozm or less. I like it. This is because if the difference in thickness is too large, a step (concave / convex) due to the configuration of the colored layer and the color conversion layer becomes large, and it becomes difficult to flatten the surface.
[0023] またこの場合、上記赤色着色部の厚みと、上記緑色着色部および上記緑色色変換 部を合わせた厚みと、上記青色着色部の厚みとが、 1 /i m〜3 /i mの範囲内であるこ とが好ましい。厚みが厚すぎる赤色着色部および青色着色部を形成するのは困難で あり、また厚みが薄すぎる緑色色変換部を形成するのも困難であるからである。特に 、厚みの薄い緑色色変換部を形成するために緑色色変換部中の緑色変換蛍光体の 濃度を濃くしすぎると濃度消光が生じるおそれがある。 [0023] In this case, the thickness of the red colored portion, the combined thickness of the green colored portion and the green color converting portion, and the thickness of the blue colored portion are within the range of 1 / im to 3 / im. It is preferable that This is because it is difficult to form a red colored portion and a blue colored portion that are too thick, and it is also difficult to form a green color converting portion that is too thin. In particular, if the concentration of the green conversion phosphor in the green color conversion portion is too high in order to form a thin green color conversion portion, concentration quenching may occur.
[0024] さらに本発明においては、上記赤色着色部上に緑色色変換部が形成されていても よい。緑色色変換部から発せられた緑色光のうちほとんどは赤色着色部を透過する ことができなレ、が、緑色光の長波長側の成分は赤色光の短波長側の成分として赤色 着色部を透過することができるので、このような構成とすることにより色相の調整を図 ること力 Sできるカゝらである。 [0024] Further, in the present invention, a green color conversion portion may be formed on the red coloring portion. Most of the green light emitted from the green color conversion part cannot pass through the red colored part, but the long wavelength side component of the green light is used as the short wavelength side component of the red light. Since it can be transmitted, it is possible to adjust the hue with such a configuration.
[0025] また本発明においては、上記色変換層上に平坦ィ匕層が形成されていることが好ま しい。平坦化層が形成されていることにより、着色層や色変換層を保護することがで きるからである。また、本発明の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板を有機 EL表示装 置に用いた場合には、透明電極層形成時の影響を低減し、有機 EL層形成時の厚 みムラの発生を防止することができるからである。 In the present invention, it is preferable that a flat layer is formed on the color conversion layer. This is because the colored layer and the color conversion layer can be protected by forming the planarizing layer. In addition, when the color filter substrate for an organic EL device of the present invention is used in an organic EL display device, the influence at the time of forming the transparent electrode layer is reduced, and the thickness at the time of forming the organic EL layer is reduced. This is because generation of unevenness can be prevented.
[0026] さらに本発明においては、上記色変換層上にガスバリア層が形成されていることが 好ましい。ガスバリア層が形成されていることにより、本発明の有機 EL素子用カラー フィルタ基板を有機 EL表示装置に用いた場合、水蒸気、酸素、または着色層や色 変換層等からの脱離ガス等に弱い部材である有機 EL層を、このようなガスから保護 すること力 Sできるカゝらである。 Furthermore, in the present invention, it is preferable that a gas barrier layer is formed on the color conversion layer. Due to the formation of the gas barrier layer, when the color filter substrate for an organic EL device of the present invention is used in an organic EL display device, it is vulnerable to water vapor, oxygen, or desorbed gas from a colored layer or a color conversion layer. They can protect the organic EL layer, which is a member, from such gases.
[0027] また本発明においては、上記透明基材上の上記着色層の間に遮光部が形成され ていてもよい。遮光部が形成されていることにより、各画素毎に発光する区域を区画 すると共に、発光する区域どうしの境界における外光の反射を防止し、コントラストを 高めることができるからである。 In the present invention, a light shielding part may be formed between the colored layers on the transparent substrate. This is because the formation of the light-shielding portion partitions the light emitting area for each pixel, prevents reflection of external light at the boundary between the light emitting areas, and increases the contrast.
[0028] 本発明は、また、上述した有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板と、上記有機 EL素子 用カラーフィルタ基板の色変換層側表面上に形成された透明電極層と、上記透明電 極層上に形成され、少なくとも発光層を含む有機 EL層と、上記有機 EL層上に形成 された対向電極層とを有することを特徴とする有機 EL表示装置を提供する。 [0028] The present invention also provides the above-described color filter substrate for an organic EL element, a transparent electrode layer formed on the color conversion layer side surface of the color filter substrate for the organic EL element, and the transparent electrode layer. An organic EL display device comprising: an organic EL layer including at least a light emitting layer; and a counter electrode layer formed on the organic EL layer.
[0029] 本発明の有機 EL表示装置は、上述した有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板を用い るので、色変換層中で散乱して漏れた光を効率良く取り出すことができ、輝度を向上 させることが可能である。したがって、高輝度かつ高効率を実現できる。 [0029] Since the organic EL display device of the present invention uses the above-described color filter substrate for organic EL elements, light scattered and leaked in the color conversion layer can be efficiently extracted, and luminance can be improved. Is possible. Therefore, high brightness and high efficiency can be realized.
[0030] 上記発明においては、上記発光層が 2波長発光光源により白色発光するものであ ることが好ましい。一般に白色発光する発光層から発せられる白色光は赤色光およ び青色光の成分を含み、緑色光の成分を含まない場合が多いが、本発明において は、例えば緑色色変換部を緑色着色部上に部分的に形成することにより、緑色光の 輝度を向上させることができる。また例えば、緑色色変換部の面積を赤色色変換部 および青色色変換部の各々の面積よりも大きくすることにより、緑色光の成分を多く すること力 Sできる。したがって、三原色の色特性のバランスに優れる有機 EL表示装置 とすることが可能である。 [0030] In the above invention, the light emitting layer preferably emits white light with a two-wavelength light source. In general, white light emitted from a light-emitting layer that emits white light includes red and blue light components and often does not include a green light component. However, in the present invention, for example, the green color conversion portion is replaced with the green coloring portion. By partially forming on the top, the brightness of green light can be improved. Further, for example, by making the area of the green color conversion unit larger than the areas of the red color conversion unit and the blue color conversion unit, it is possible to increase the green light component. Therefore, an organic EL display device having an excellent balance of the color characteristics of the three primary colors can be obtained.
発明の効果 The invention's effect
[0031] 本発明においては、色変換層が着色層上に部分的に形成されているので、色変換 層中で散乱して漏れた光を効率良く取り出すことができ、輝度を向上させることがで きるという効果を奏する。したがって、本発明の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板を 用いた有機 EL表示装置においては、高輝度かつ高効率を実現することが可能であ る。 [0031] In the present invention, since the color conversion layer is partially formed on the colored layer, light scattered and leaked in the color conversion layer can be efficiently extracted, and luminance can be improved. so There is an effect that can. Therefore, in the organic EL display device using the color filter substrate for the organic EL element of the present invention, high luminance and high efficiency can be realized.
また、本発明の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板を例えば白色発光する白色発光 層を有する有機 EL表示装置に用いた場合、緑色色変換部を緑色着色部上に部分 的に形成することにより、緑色光の輝度を向上させることができ、また緑色色変換部 の面積を赤色色変換部および青色色変換部の各々の面積よりも大きくすることにより 、緑色光の成分を多くすることができる。したがって、本発明の有機 EL素子用カラー フィルタ基板を用いた有機 EL表示装置では、三原色の色特性のバランスに優れると レ、う効果を奏する。 In addition, when the color filter substrate for an organic EL element of the present invention is used for an organic EL display device having a white light emitting layer that emits white light, for example, a green color conversion portion is partially formed on the green coloring portion, thereby forming a green color. The luminance of light can be improved, and the green light component can be increased by making the area of the green color conversion unit larger than the area of each of the red color conversion unit and the blue color conversion unit. Therefore, the organic EL display device using the color filter substrate for the organic EL element of the present invention has an effect that the balance of the color characteristics of the three primary colors is excellent.
図面の簡単な説明 Brief Description of Drawings
園 1]本発明の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板の一例を示す概略断面図である。 園 2]本発明の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板の他の例を示す概略断面図である 園 3]本発明の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板の他の例を示す概略断面図である 園 4]本発明の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板の他の例を示す概略断面図である 園 5]本発明の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板の他の例を示す概略断面図である 園 6]本発明の有機 EL表示装置の一例を示す概略断面図である。 1] A schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a color filter substrate for an organic EL device of the present invention. 2] A schematic cross-sectional view showing another example of the color filter substrate for organic EL elements of the present invention. 3) A schematic cross-sectional view showing another example of the color filter substrate for organic EL elements of the present invention. ] Is a schematic sectional view showing another example of the color filter substrate for organic EL elements of the present invention. 5] This is a schematic sectional view showing another example of the color filter substrate for organic EL elements of the present invention. It is a schematic sectional drawing which shows an example of the organic electroluminescent display apparatus of invention.
園 7]本発明の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板の他の例を示す概略断面図である 園 8]本発明の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板の他の例を示す概略断面図である 園 9]本発明の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板の他の例を示す概略断面図である 図 10]本発明の有機 EL表示装置の他の例を示す概略断面図である。 園 11]実施例 1での緑色色変換部を説明するための説明図である。 7] A schematic cross-sectional view showing another example of the color filter substrate for an organic EL element of the present invention. 8] A schematic cross-sectional view showing another example of the color filter substrate for an organic EL element of the present invention. FIG. 10 is a schematic sectional view showing another example of the color filter substrate for an organic EL element of the present invention. FIG. 10 is a schematic sectional view showing another example of the organic EL display device of the present invention. 11] An explanatory diagram for explaining the green color conversion unit in the first embodiment.
符号の説明 Explanation of symbols
1 ·■· 透明基材 1 ··· Transparent substrate
2 ·■· 着色層 2 Colored layer
2R · ·· 赤色着色部 2R ··· Red colored part
2G · ·· 緑色着色部 2G ··· Green colored part
2B · ·· 青色着色部 2B ··· Blue colored part
3 ··· 色変換層 3 ··· Color conversion layer
3R · ·· 赤色色変換部 3R ··· Red color converter
3G · ·· 緑色色変換部 3G ··· Green color converter
3B · ·· 青色色変換部 3B ··· Blue color converter
3R'、 3B' … 透過部 3R ', 3B'… Transmission part
4 ··· 遮光部(ブラックマトリクス) 4 ··· Shading part (black matrix)
5 ··· 平坦化層 5 ... Planarization layer
6 ··· ガスバリア層 6 ··· Gas barrier layer
10 · ■· 有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板 10 ··· Color filter substrate for organic EL elements
11 · ·· 透明電極層 11 ··· Transparent electrode layer
12 · ■· 有機 EL層 12 ··· Organic EL layer
13 · ·· 対向電極層 13 ··· Counter electrode layer
20 · ·· 有機 EL表示装置 20 ···· Organic EL display
発明を実施するための最良の形態 BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
[0034] 以下、本発明の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板およびそれを用いた有機 EL表 示装置について詳細に説明する。 Hereinafter, the color filter substrate for an organic EL element of the present invention and the organic EL display device using the same will be described in detail.
[0035] A.有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板 [0035] A. Color filter substrate for organic EL element
本発明の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板は、透明基材と、上記透明基材上にパ ターン状に形成された着色層と、上記着色層上に部分的に形成された色変換層とを 有することを特 ί数とするものである。 The color filter substrate for an organic EL element of the present invention comprises a transparent base material, a colored layer formed in a pattern on the transparent base material, and a color conversion layer partially formed on the colored layer. It has a special number.
本発明の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板は、 2つの実施態様に分けることができ る。以下、各実施態様に分けて説明する。 The color filter substrate for an organic EL device of the present invention can be divided into two embodiments. The In the following, each embodiment will be described separately.
[0036] I.第 1実施態様 [0036] I. First embodiment
本発明の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板の第 1実施態様は、透明基材と、上記 透明基材上にパターン状に形成された着色層と、上記着色層上に部分的に形成さ れた色変換層とを有することを特徴とするものである。 In the first embodiment of the color filter substrate for an organic EL device of the present invention, a transparent substrate, a colored layer formed in a pattern on the transparent substrate, and a portion formed on the colored layer are formed. And a color conversion layer.
[0037] 本実施態様の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板にっレ、て図面を参照しながら説 明する。 [0037] The color filter substrate for organic EL elements of this embodiment will be described with reference to the drawings.
図 1は、本実施態様の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板の一例を示す概略断面 図である。図 1に示すように本実施態様の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板 10にお いては、透明基材 1上に、赤色着色部 2R、緑色着色部 2Gおよび青色着色部 2Bか ら構成される着色層 2と、赤色着色部 2R上に形成された赤色色変換部 3Rおよび緑 色着色部 2G上に形成された緑色色変換部 3Gから構成される色変換層 3とが順次形 成され、この着色層 2および色変換層 3を覆うように平坦ィ匕層 5が形成されている。着 色層 2の各着色部 2R、 2G、 2Bの間にはブラックマトリクス 4が形成されている。また、 赤色色変換部 3Rおよび緑色色変換部 3Gは、赤色着色部 2Rおよび緑色着色部 2G 上に部分的にそれぞれ形成されている。青色着色部 2B上には入射光を透過する透 過部 が形成されている。 FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a color filter substrate for an organic EL element of this embodiment. As shown in FIG. 1, in the color filter substrate 10 for the organic EL element of the present embodiment, the coloring composed of the red coloring portion 2R, the green coloring portion 2G, and the blue coloring portion 2B on the transparent substrate 1. Layer 2 and a color conversion layer 3 composed of a red color conversion part 3R formed on the red coloring part 2R and a green color conversion part 3G formed on the green coloring part 2G are sequentially formed. A flat color layer 5 is formed so as to cover the coloring layer 2 and the color conversion layer 3. A black matrix 4 is formed between the colored portions 2R, 2G, and 2B of the coloring layer 2. The red color conversion unit 3R and the green color conversion unit 3G are partially formed on the red coloring unit 2R and the green coloring unit 2G, respectively. A transparent portion that transmits incident light is formed on the blue colored portion 2B.
なお、図 1における透過部 3ΒΊま形成されていなくてもよい。また、透過部 が形 成されていない場合は、膜厚調整の目的で、青色着色部 2Bの厚みを赤色着色部 2 Rおよび赤色色変換部 3Rの合計厚みや緑色着色部 2Gおよび緑色色変換部 3Gの 合計厚みと同程度となるように厚くしてもよい。 Note that it is not necessary to form three transmissive portions in FIG. In addition, when the transmission part is not formed, the thickness of the blue coloring part 2B is changed to the total thickness of the red coloring part 2R and the red color conversion part 3R or the green coloring part 2G and the green color conversion for the purpose of film thickness adjustment. The thickness may be about the same as the total thickness of part 3G.
[0038] 図 1に示す有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板を用いて有機 EL表示装置を作製す る際には、平坦化層 5の上に透明電極層、発光層および対向電極層が順次積層さ れる。このような有機 EL表示装置において、発光層力も発せられた光のうち、一部は 色変換層 3を透過してさらに着色層 2を透過し、他の一部は色変換層 3を透過するこ となく着色層 2を透過する。 [0038] When an organic EL display device is manufactured using the color filter substrate for an organic EL element shown in FIG. 1, a transparent electrode layer, a light emitting layer, and a counter electrode layer are sequentially laminated on the planarizing layer 5. It is. In such an organic EL display device, part of the light that also has a light emitting layer force passes through the color conversion layer 3 and further passes through the coloring layer 2, and the other part passes through the color conversion layer 3. Without passing through the colored layer 2.
[0039] 色変換層 3および着色層 2を透過する一部の光については、色変換層 3中の色変 換蛍光体に入射光が吸収され蛍光が発せられるので、色相が補正された光となる。 この色相補正された光は、色変換層 3中の他の色変換蛍光体により散乱して、色変 換層 3の側面から漏れてしまうが、本発明においては色変換層 3が着色層 2上に部分 的に形成されているので、この散舌しして漏れた光を、着色層 2上の色変換層 3が形成 されていない領域から出射させることができる。その結果、色変換層中で散乱して漏 れた光を効率良く取り出すことができ、輝度を向上させることが可能である。 [0039] For some of the light transmitted through the color conversion layer 3 and the color layer 2, incident light is absorbed and emitted by the color conversion phosphor in the color conversion layer 3, so that light whose hue has been corrected is used. It becomes. The hue-corrected light is scattered by other color conversion phosphors in the color conversion layer 3 and leaks from the side surface of the color conversion layer 3. In the present invention, the color conversion layer 3 is the colored layer 2 in the present invention. Since it is partially formed on the top, the scattered light leaked can be emitted from a region on the colored layer 2 where the color conversion layer 3 is not formed. As a result, the light scattered and leaked in the color conversion layer can be extracted efficiently, and the luminance can be improved.
[0040] 特に、色変換蛍光体として無機蛍光体を用いた場合には、一般的に無機蛍光体が 不透明であり、色変換層中で一つの無機蛍光体から発せられた蛍光は他の無機蛍 光体を透過することができないので、本実施態様の構成とすることにより、効果的に 輝度を向上させることができる。 [0040] In particular, when an inorganic phosphor is used as the color conversion phosphor, the inorganic phosphor is generally opaque, and the fluorescence emitted from one inorganic phosphor in the color conversion layer is different from other inorganic phosphors. Since the phosphor cannot be transmitted, the luminance can be effectively improved by adopting the configuration of this embodiment.
以下、本実施態様の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板の各構成について説明す る。 Hereinafter, each configuration of the color filter substrate for the organic EL element of the present embodiment will be described.
[0041] 1.色変換層 [0041] 1. Color conversion layer
本実施態様に用いられる色変換層は、着色層上に部分的に形成されるものである 。色変換層の形成位置としては、着色層上の一部であれば特に限定されるものでは なぐ例えば図 1に示すように着色層 2 (2R、 2G)の中心に色変換層 3 (3R、 3G)が 形成されていてもよぐ図 2に示すように着色層 2 (2R、 2G)上に色変換層 3 (3R、 3G )が片寄って形成されていてもよい。また、例えば図 1に示すように色変換層 3 (3R、 3 G)は着色層 2 (2R、 2G)上の一箇所に形成されていてもよぐ例えば図 3に示すよう に色変換層 3 (3R、 3G)は着色層 2 (2R、 2G)上にパターン状に形成されていてもよ レ、。 The color conversion layer used in this embodiment is partially formed on the colored layer. The formation position of the color conversion layer is not particularly limited as long as it is a part of the color layer. For example, as shown in FIG. 1, the color conversion layer 3 (3R, 3G, 3G) may be formed. As shown in FIG. 2, the color conversion layer 3 (3R, 3G) may be formed on the colored layer 2 (2R, 2G). Further, for example, as shown in FIG. 1, the color conversion layer 3 (3R, 3G) may be formed in one place on the colored layer 2 (2R, 2G). For example, as shown in FIG. 3 (3R, 3G) may be formed in a pattern on the colored layer 2 (2R, 2G).
[0042] 本実施態様に用いられる色変換層は、入射光を吸収して各色の蛍光を発する色変 換蛍光体が樹脂中に分散または溶解されたものである。この色変換蛍光体としては、 無機蛍光体および有機蛍光体のいずれも用いることが可能である。 [0042] The color conversion layer used in the present embodiment is one in which a color conversion phosphor that absorbs incident light and emits fluorescence of each color is dispersed or dissolved in a resin. As the color conversion phosphor, either an inorganic phosphor or an organic phosphor can be used.
[0043] 色変換蛍光体として無機蛍光体を用いた場合には、色変換層は、着色層上にバタ ーン状に形成されていることが好ましい。これは、上述したように一般的に無機蛍光 体が不透明であり、色変換層中で一つの無機蛍光体から発せられた光は他の無機 蛍光体を透過することができずに散乱するので、散乱して漏れた光を効率良く取り出 して輝度を向上させるためには色変換層の表面積を増やすことが好ましいからである 。したがって、無機蛍光体を用いた場合には、色変換層が着色層上に精細なパター ン状に形成されていることが好ましい。この際、細かすぎるパターンの形成は困難で あるので、色変換層のパターンの細かさとしては、 目的とする輝度およびパターニン グ特性を考慮して適宜選択することが好ましレ、。 [0043] When an inorganic phosphor is used as the color conversion phosphor, the color conversion layer is preferably formed in a pattern on the colored layer. This is because the inorganic phosphor is generally opaque as described above, and the light emitted from one inorganic phosphor in the color conversion layer cannot be transmitted through the other inorganic phosphor and is scattered. This is because it is preferable to increase the surface area of the color conversion layer in order to efficiently extract the scattered and leaked light and improve the luminance. . Therefore, when an inorganic phosphor is used, the color conversion layer is preferably formed in a fine pattern on the colored layer. At this time, since it is difficult to form a pattern that is too fine, it is preferable to select the fineness of the color conversion layer pattern in consideration of the intended luminance and patterning characteristics.
[0044] 一方、有機蛍光体を用いた場合には、色変換層の好ましい形成位置としては特に 限定されるものではなぐ例えば色変換層が着色層上の一箇所に形成されていても よぐ着色層上にパターン状に形成されてレ、てもよレ、。 On the other hand, when the organic phosphor is used, the preferred formation position of the color conversion layer is not particularly limited. For example, the color conversion layer may be formed at one place on the colored layer. The pattern is formed on the colored layer.
[0045] 本実施態様における色変換層の着色層に対する占有面積比としては、光の取出し 効率が向上し高い輝度が得られれば特に限定されるものではないが、無機蛍光体を 用いた場合と有機蛍光体を用いた場合とで好ましい範囲が異なる。無機蛍光体を用 レ、た場合、色変換層の着色層に対する占有面積比は、着色層の面積を 100とすると 20〜90程度であること力 S好ましく、より好ましくは 50〜80、さらに好ましくは 70〜80 の範囲内である。一方、有機蛍光体を用いた場合、色変換層の着色層に対する占有 面積比は、着色層の面積を 100とすると 70〜100程度であることが好ましぐより好ま しくは 80〜98、さらに好ましくは 85〜95の範囲内である。いずれの場合においても 、色変換層の着色層に対する占有面積比が小さすぎると色変換効率が低下するお それがあり、逆に大きすぎると色変換層中で散乱し漏れた光が出射できる着色層上 の領域が狭くなるので、光の取出し効率が低下し、輝度向上効果が得られない可能 十生があるからである。 [0045] The occupied area ratio of the color conversion layer to the colored layer in the present embodiment is not particularly limited as long as the light extraction efficiency is improved and high luminance is obtained, but when an inorganic phosphor is used. The preferred range differs depending on whether an organic phosphor is used. When the inorganic phosphor is used, the ratio of the area occupied by the color conversion layer to the colored layer is preferably about 20 to 90, where the area of the colored layer is 100, preferably S, more preferably 50 to 80, and even more preferably. Is in the range 70-80. On the other hand, when the organic phosphor is used, the occupied area ratio of the color conversion layer to the colored layer is preferably about 70 to 100, more preferably 80 to 98, and more preferably 80 to 98, where the area of the colored layer is 100. Preferably it is in the range of 85-95. In any case, if the ratio of the area occupied by the color conversion layer to the colored layer is too small, the color conversion efficiency may be reduced. Conversely, if the ratio is too large, the color that can be scattered and leaked in the color conversion layer can be emitted. This is because the area on the layer becomes narrow, so that the light extraction efficiency is lowered, and there is a possibility that the brightness enhancement effect cannot be obtained.
[0046] なお、ここでいう「色変換層の着色層に対する占有面積比」とは、例えば図 1に示す ように色変換層 3の構成部分 (色変換部) 3Rの着色層 2の構成部分 (着色部) 2Rに 対する占有面積比をレ、うものであり、色変換層全体の着色層全体に対する占有面積 比をいうものではない。 [0046] The "occupied area ratio of the color conversion layer to the colored layer" referred to here is, for example, a component of the color conversion layer 3 (color converter) as shown in Fig. 1 and a component of the 3R colored layer 2 (Colored portion) The ratio of the occupied area with respect to 2R is measured and does not mean the occupied area ratio of the entire color conversion layer to the entire colored layer.
[0047] また、色変換層の厚みとしては、光の取出し効率が向上し高い輝度が得られれば 特に限定されるものではないが、無機蛍光体を用いた場合と有機蛍光体を用いた場 合とで好ましレ、範囲が異なる。 [0047] The thickness of the color conversion layer is not particularly limited as long as the light extraction efficiency is improved and high luminance can be obtained. The range is different.
[0048] 無機蛍光体を用いた場合、色変換層の厚みとしては 0. 〜: ίθ z m程度である ことが好ましぐより好ましくは 0. 5 μ m〜5 μ m、さらに好ましくは 1 μ m〜3 μ mの範 囲内である。色変換層の厚みが厚すぎると、上述したように一つの無機蛍光体から発 せられた光は他の無機蛍光体を透過することができないので輝度が低下するおそれ 力 Sあるからである。逆に、色変換層の厚みが薄すぎると、色変換効率が低下するおそ れがあるからである。また、色変換層中の無機蛍光体の含有量を増やすことにより、 色変換効率を低下させずに色変換層の厚みを薄くすることは可能であるが、色変換 層中の無機蛍光体の含有量が多すぎると濃度消光が生じる場合がある。したがって 、色変換層中の無機蛍光体の含有量を増やして色変換層の厚みを薄くする場合は 、濃度消光を考慮して厚みが適宜選択される。 [0048] When an inorganic phosphor is used, the thickness of the color conversion layer is preferably about 0 to about ίθzm, more preferably about 0.5 μm to 5 μm, and even more preferably about 1 μm. m to 3 μm It is within the range. This is because if the color conversion layer is too thick, the light emitted from one inorganic phosphor cannot pass through the other inorganic phosphor as described above, and there is a risk S that the luminance may decrease. Conversely, if the color conversion layer is too thin, the color conversion efficiency may be reduced. Although it is possible to reduce the thickness of the color conversion layer without reducing the color conversion efficiency by increasing the content of the inorganic phosphor in the color conversion layer, the inorganic phosphor in the color conversion layer If the content is too large, concentration quenching may occur. Therefore, when the content of the inorganic phosphor in the color conversion layer is increased to reduce the thickness of the color conversion layer, the thickness is appropriately selected in consideration of concentration quenching.
[0049] 一方、有機蛍光体を用いた場合、色変換層の厚みとしては 0. 5 μ m〜30 μ m程度 であることが好ましぐより好ましくは 1 μ m〜10 μ m、さらに好ましくは 3 μ m〜5 μ m の範囲内である。色変換層の厚みが厚すぎると色変換層の構成による段差(凹凸)が 大きくなり、その表面を平坦ィ匕するのが困難となるからである。逆に、色変換層の厚 みが薄すぎると、色変換効率が低下する可能性があるからである。また、上記と同様 に、色変換層の厚みを薄くするために色変換層中の有機蛍光体の含有量を増やす と濃度消光が生じるおそれがある。 On the other hand, when an organic phosphor is used, the thickness of the color conversion layer is preferably about 0.5 μm to 30 μm, more preferably 1 μm to 10 μm, and even more preferably. Is in the range of 3 μm to 5 μm. This is because if the thickness of the color conversion layer is too thick, the level difference (unevenness) due to the configuration of the color conversion layer becomes large, and it becomes difficult to flatten the surface. On the contrary, if the color conversion layer is too thin, the color conversion efficiency may decrease. Similarly to the above, concentration quenching may occur when the content of the organic phosphor in the color conversion layer is increased in order to reduce the thickness of the color conversion layer.
[0050] 本実施態様に用いられる色変換層は、着色層に対応して設けられるものであり、通 常は赤色色変換部、緑色色変換部および青色色変換部の三種類の色変換部を有 するものである。本実施態様においては上述したように色変換層は着色層上に部分 的に形成されたものであるが、三種類の色変換部が全て着色層上に部分的に形成 されていてもよく、三種類の色変換部のうち一種類または二種類の色変換部が着色 層上に部分的に形成されてレ、てもよレ、。 [0050] The color conversion layer used in the present embodiment is provided corresponding to the colored layer, and usually three types of color conversion units, a red color conversion unit, a green color conversion unit, and a blue color conversion unit. It has something. In this embodiment, as described above, the color conversion layer is partially formed on the colored layer, but all three types of color conversion portions may be partially formed on the colored layer. One or two of the three types of color converters are partially formed on the colored layer.
[0051] また、本実施態様に用いられる色変換層の構成は、本実施態様の有機 EL素子用 カラーフィルタ基板を適用する有機 EL表示装置の発光層の構成により異なるものと なる。 [0051] The configuration of the color conversion layer used in this embodiment differs depending on the configuration of the light emitting layer of the organic EL display device to which the organic EL element color filter substrate of this embodiment is applied.
[0052] 本実施態様の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板を例えば青色発光する青色発光 層を有する有機 EL表示装置に用いる場合、色変換層への入射光は一般に青色光 の成分を含むものである力、、あるいは青色光および緑色光の成分を含むものである 場合が多い。 [0053] 色変換層への入射光が青色光の成分を含むものである場合は、色変換層は、入射 光を赤色光に変換する赤色色変換部と入射光を緑色光に変換する緑色色変換部と を少なくとも有すればよい。 [0052] When the color filter substrate for an organic EL element of the present embodiment is used in an organic EL display device having a blue light emitting layer that emits blue light, for example, the light incident on the color conversion layer generally includes a blue light component. Or it often contains blue and green light components. [0053] When the incident light to the color conversion layer includes a blue light component, the color conversion layer includes a red color conversion unit that converts the incident light into red light and a green color conversion that converts the incident light into green light. And at least a part.
[0054] この場合、赤色色変換部のみが赤色着色部上に部分的に形成されていてもよぐ 緑色色変換部のみが緑色着色部上に部分的に形成されていてもよぐ赤色色変換 部および緑色色変換部が各着色部上に部分的にそれぞれ形成されていてもよい。 中でも、赤色色変換部および緑色色変換部のいずれもが各着色部上に部分的に形 成されていることが好ましい。このような構成とすることにより、赤色色変換部および緑 色色変換部中で散乱して漏れた光を効率的に取り出すことができ、輝度をより向上さ せること力 Sできる力 である。特に、色変換蛍光体として無機蛍光体を用いた場合は 、例えば図 3に示すように赤色色変換部 3Rおよび緑色色変換部 3Gがパターン状に 形成されていることが好ましい。上述したように、赤色色変換部および緑色色変換部 をパターン状に形成してその表面積を増やすことにより、赤色色変換部および緑色 色変換部中で散乱して漏れた光をさらに効率的に取り出すことができ、輝度をより一 層向上させることができるからである。 [0054] In this case, only the red color conversion portion may be partially formed on the red coloring portion. Only the green color conversion portion may be partially formed on the green coloring portion. The conversion part and the green color conversion part may be partially formed on each colored part. In particular, it is preferable that both the red color conversion portion and the green color conversion portion are partially formed on each colored portion. With such a configuration, light scattered and leaked in the red color conversion unit and the green color conversion unit can be efficiently extracted, and the power S can be further improved. In particular, when an inorganic phosphor is used as the color conversion phosphor, it is preferable that the red color conversion portion 3R and the green color conversion portion 3G are formed in a pattern as shown in FIG. 3, for example. As described above, by forming the red color conversion unit and the green color conversion unit in a pattern and increasing the surface area, the light scattered and leaked in the red color conversion unit and the green color conversion unit can be more efficiently obtained. This is because it can be taken out and the luminance can be further improved.
[0055] またこの場合、色変換層への入射光が青色光の成分を含むので、青色色変換部 は原則的には色変換を行う必要がないことから、青色色変換部は形成されていなく てもよレ、。したがって、青色着色部上には何も形成されていなくてもよいが、有機 EL 素子用カラーフィルタ基板表面を平坦ィ匕するために、例えば図:!〜 3に示すように各 色変換部 3R、 3Gと同程度の厚みをもつ透過部 3B'が形成されていてもよい。 [0055] In this case, since the incident light to the color conversion layer includes a blue light component, the blue color conversion unit does not need to perform color conversion in principle, so the blue color conversion unit is not formed. You don't have to. Therefore, nothing needs to be formed on the blue colored portion, but in order to flatten the surface of the color filter substrate for the organic EL element, for example, as shown in FIGS. A transmission part 3B ′ having the same thickness as 3G may be formed.
この透過部は、入射光を透過するものであり、青色着色部上に形成されている場合 は青色光を透過するものであれば特に限定されるものではなぐ例えば色変換蛍光 体を含まず、後述する樹脂からなるものとすることができる。この場合、透過部は色変 換蛍光体を含有しないことから、輝度向上のために青色着色部上に部分的に形成さ れている必要はなぐ製造工程を考慮すれば青色着色部上の全面に形成されるの が一般的である。 This transmissive part transmits incident light, and when formed on a blue colored part, it is not particularly limited as long as it transmits blue light. For example, it does not include a color conversion phosphor, It can consist of resin mentioned later. In this case, since the transmissive part does not contain the color conversion phosphor, the entire surface on the blue colored part is not necessary if the manufacturing process is considered to be partially formed on the blue colored part to improve luminance. It is common for this to be formed.
[0056] 一方、色変換層への入射光が青色光および緑色光の成分を含むものである場合 は、色変換層は、入射光を赤色光に変換する赤色色変換部を少なくとも有すればよ レ、。この場合、赤色色変換部が赤色着色部上に部分的に形成される。特に、色変換 蛍光体として無機蛍光体を用いた場合は、赤色色変換部がパターン状に形成されて レ、ることが好ましい。上述したように、赤色色変換部をパターン状に形成してその表 面積を増やすことにより、赤色色変換部中で散乱して漏れた光をさらに効率的に取り 出すことができ、輝度をより一層向上させることができるからである。 [0056] On the other hand, when the incident light to the color conversion layer includes components of blue light and green light, the color conversion layer may have at least a red color conversion unit that converts the incident light into red light. Les. In this case, the red color conversion part is partially formed on the red coloring part. In particular, when an inorganic phosphor is used as the color conversion phosphor, it is preferable that the red color conversion portion is formed in a pattern. As described above, by forming the red color conversion part in a pattern and increasing its surface area, the light scattered and leaked in the red color conversion part can be taken out more efficiently, and the luminance can be improved. This is because it can be further improved.
[0057] またこの場合、色変換層への入射光が青色光および緑色光の成分を含むので、青 色色変換部および緑色色変換部は原則的には色変換を行う必要がないことから、青 色色変換部および緑色色変換部は形成されていなくてもよい。したがって、青色着 色部および緑色着色部上には何も形成されていなくてもよいが、有機 EL素子用カラ 一フィルタ基板表面を平坦化するために、赤色色変換部と同程度の厚みをもつ透過 部が形成されていてもよい。 [0057] In this case, since the incident light to the color conversion layer includes components of blue light and green light, the blue color conversion unit and the green color conversion unit do not need to perform color conversion in principle. The blue color conversion unit and the green color conversion unit may not be formed. Therefore, nothing may be formed on the blue coloring portion and the green coloring portion, but in order to flatten the surface of the color filter substrate for the organic EL element, the thickness is about the same as that of the red color conversion portion. A transmissive part may be formed.
この透過部は、入射光を透過するものであり、青色着色部上に形成されている場合 は青色光を透過するものであり、緑色着色部上に形成されている場合は緑色光を透 過するものであれば特に限定されるものではなぐ例えば色変換蛍光体を含まず、後 述する樹脂からなるものとすることができる。この場合、透過部は色変換蛍光体を含 有しないことから、輝度向上のために各着色部上に部分的にそれぞれ形成されてい る必要はなぐ製造工程を考慮すれば各着色部上の全面にそれぞれ形成されるの が一般的である。 This transmissive portion transmits incident light. When formed on the blue colored portion, the transmissive portion transmits blue light. When formed on the green colored portion, the transmissive portion transmits green light. If it does, it will not be specifically limited, For example, a color conversion fluorescent substance is not included but it can consist of resin mentioned later. In this case, since the transmissive part does not contain the color conversion phosphor, it is not necessary to be partially formed on each colored part in order to improve the brightness. It is common that each is formed.
[0058] さらに、本実施態様の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板を例えば白色発光する白 色発光層を有する有機 EL表示装置に用いる場合、色変換層への入射光は一般に 赤色光および青色光の成分を含むものである場合が多い。したがって、色変換層は 、入射光を緑色光に変換する緑色色変換部を少なくとも有すればよい。この場合、例 えば図 4に示すように緑色色変換部 3Gが緑色着色部 2G上に部分的に形成される。 特に、色変換蛍光体として無機蛍光体を用いた場合に例えば図 5に示すように緑色 色変換部 3Gがパターン状に形成されていることが好ましい。上述したように、緑色色 変換部をパターン状に形成してその表面積を増やすことにより、緑色色変換部中で 散乱して漏れた光をさらに効率的に取り出すことができ、輝度をより一層向上させるこ とができるからである。 [0059] またこの場合、色変換層への入射光が赤色光および青色光の成分を含むので、赤 色色変換部および青色色変換部は原則的には色変換を行う必要がないことから、赤 色色変換部および青色色変換部は形成されていなくてもよい。この場合、赤色着色 部および青色着色部上には何も形成されていなくてもよいが、有機 EL素子用カラー フィルタ基板表面を平坦化するために、例えば図 4、 5に示すように緑色色変換部 3G と同程度の厚みをもつ透過部 3R'および 3B'がそれぞれ形成されてレ、てもよレ、。 [0058] Furthermore, when the color filter substrate for an organic EL element of the present embodiment is used for an organic EL display device having a white light emitting layer that emits white light, for example, incident light to the color conversion layer is generally red light and blue light. Often contains ingredients. Therefore, the color conversion layer may have at least a green color conversion unit that converts incident light into green light. In this case, for example, as shown in FIG. 4, the green color conversion portion 3G is partially formed on the green coloring portion 2G. In particular, when an inorganic phosphor is used as the color conversion phosphor, the green color conversion portion 3G is preferably formed in a pattern as shown in FIG. 5, for example. As described above, by forming the green color conversion part in a pattern and increasing its surface area, the light scattered and leaked in the green color conversion part can be extracted more efficiently, and the brightness is further improved. It is possible to make it happen. [0059] In this case, since the incident light to the color conversion layer includes components of red light and blue light, the red color conversion unit and the blue color conversion unit do not need to perform color conversion in principle. The red color conversion unit and the blue color conversion unit may not be formed. In this case, nothing may be formed on the red colored portion and the blue colored portion, but in order to flatten the surface of the color filter substrate for the organic EL element, for example, as shown in FIGS. Transmission parts 3R 'and 3B' having the same thickness as the conversion part 3G are formed, respectively.
[0060] 上述した説明においては、本実施態様の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板を適用 する有機 EL表示装置における発光層の発光光源の種類に応じた色変換層の構成 について述べたが、本実施態様に用いられる色変換層の構成については、発光層 の発光光源の種類に応じて特に限定されるものではなぐ色変換層が所望の色相補 正を行うことができればよい。 In the above description, the configuration of the color conversion layer according to the type of light emitting light source of the light emitting layer in the organic EL display device to which the color filter substrate for the organic EL element of the present embodiment is applied has been described. The configuration of the color conversion layer used in the embodiment is not particularly limited depending on the type of light emitting light source of the light emitting layer, as long as the color conversion layer can perform a desired color complementation.
[0061] 本実施態様に用いられる緑色色変換部は、入射光を吸収して緑色の蛍光を発光 する緑色変換蛍光体が樹脂中に分散または溶解されてなるものである。 [0061] The green color conversion unit used in this embodiment is formed by dispersing or dissolving a green conversion phosphor that absorbs incident light and emits green fluorescence.
[0062] 緑色変換蛍光体としては、上述したように無機蛍光体および有機蛍光体のいずれ も用いること力 Sできる。 [0062] As the green conversion phosphor, it is possible to use either an inorganic phosphor or an organic phosphor as described above.
[0063] 緑色変換蛍光体として用いられる無機蛍光体の具体例としては、特開 2004— 143 35号公報に開示されている希土類錯体系蛍光体が挙げられる。希土類錯体系蛍光 体としては、希土類金属として Ce、 Pr、 Nd、 Pm、 Sm、 Eu、 Gd、 Tb、 Dy、 Ho, Er、 Tm、 Yb等を有するものが挙げられ、錯体を形成する有機配位子としては、芳香族 系および非芳香族系のいずれでもよぐ好ましくは下記一般式(1)で表される化合物 である。 [0063] Specific examples of the inorganic phosphor used as the green conversion phosphor include rare earth complex phosphors disclosed in JP-A-2004-14335. Examples of rare earth complex-based phosphors include those having rare earth metals such as Ce, Pr, Nd, Pm, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, Tm, and Yb. The ligand may be either aromatic or non-aromatic, and is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (1).
[0064] Xa- (Lx) - (Ly) _ (Lz) _Ya (1) [0064] Xa- (Lx)-(Ly) _ (Lz) _Ya (1)
[0065] ここで、式中、 Lx、 Ly、 Lzはそれぞれ独立に 2個以上の結合手を持つ原子を表し、 nは 0または 1を表し、 Xaは Lxの隣接位に配位可能な原子を有する置換基を表し、 Y aは Lzの隣接位に配位可能な原子を有する置換基を表す。また、 Xaの任意の部分と Lxとは互いに縮合して環を形成してもよく、 Yaの任意の部分と Lzとは互いに縮合し て環を形成してもよぐ Lxと Lzとは互いに縮合して環を形成してもよぐさらに分子内 に芳香族炭化水素環または芳香族複素環が少なくとも一つ存在する。ただし、 Xa- (Lx) (Ly) n- (Lz)— Yaが、 βージケトン誘導体、 βーケトエステル誘導体、 β ケトアミド誘導体、または上記ケトンの酸素原子を硫黄原子もしくは N (R201)—に 置き換えたもの、あるいは、クラウンエーテル、ァザクラウンエーテル、チアクラウンェ 一テル、またはクラウンエーテルの酸素原子を任意の数硫黄原子もしくは— N (R20 1)一に置き換えたクラウンエーテルを表す場合には、芳香族炭化水素環または芳香 族複素環はなくてもよい。 _N (R201)—において、 R201は、水素原子、置換また は無置換のアルキル基、置換または無置換のァリール基を表す。 [0065] Here, in the formula, Lx, Ly, and Lz each independently represent an atom having two or more bonds, n represents 0 or 1, and Xa represents an atom that can be coordinated to the adjacent position of Lx. Y a represents a substituent having an atom that can be coordinated to the adjacent position of Lz. Any part of Xa and Lx may be condensed with each other to form a ring, and any part of Ya and Lz may be condensed with each other to form a ring. A ring may be condensed to form an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocycle in the molecule. However, Xa- (Lx) (Ly) n- (Lz) — Ya is a β-diketone derivative, β-ketoester derivative, β-ketoamide derivative, or the oxygen atom of the ketone is replaced with a sulfur atom or N (R201) —, or crown Ether, azacrown ether, thiacrown ether, or an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic group when it represents a crown ether in which the oxygen atom of the crown ether is replaced with any number of sulfur atoms or —N (R201) There may be no heterocycle. In —N (R201) —, R201 represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
[0066] 上記一般式(1)において、 Xaおよび Yaで表される配位可能な原子とは、具体的に は酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、セレン原子、テルル原子である。また、 Lx、 Ly、 Lzで表される 2個以上の結合手を持つ原子としては、特に限定されるものではなぐ 例えば炭素原子、酸素原子、窒素原子、シリコン原子、チタン原子等が挙げられる。 [0066] In the general formula (1), the coordinable atoms represented by Xa and Ya are specifically an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, and a tellurium atom. Further, the atom having two or more bonds represented by Lx, Ly, and Lz is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a silicon atom, and a titanium atom.
[0067] 上記希土類錯体系蛍光体の具体例としては、 Ba Eu SiO等の Baと Siを含む希 [0067] Specific examples of the rare earth complex phosphors include rare earths containing Ba and Si such as Ba Eu SiO.
2— a a 4 2—a a 4
土類錯体系蛍光体、または Ba Eu MgAl O 等の Baと Mgを含む希土類錯体系 Earth complex phosphor or rare earth complex system containing Ba and Mg such as Ba Eu MgAl O
1 -a a 10 17 1 -a a 10 17
蛍光体などが挙げられる。 Examples thereof include phosphors.
[0068] また、緑色変換蛍光体として用いられる無機蛍光体の具体例としては、特表 2004 — 505167号公報に開示されているアルカリ土類金属チォガリウム酸塩蛍光体、また は、 ZnS :Tb等の ZnS系蛍光体、黄緑顔料 (例えばシンヒロィ社製 FA005 (商品名 ) )も挙げられる。 [0068] Specific examples of inorganic phosphors used as green conversion phosphors include alkaline earth metal thiogallate phosphors disclosed in JP-T-2004-505167, ZnS: Tb, etc. ZnS-based phosphors and yellow-green pigments (for example, FA005 (trade name) manufactured by Shinhiro Corporation) are also included.
さらに、 ZnS: Mn、 ZnS: Mn/ZnMgS等の ZnS系蛍光体、 (Y, Gd) 3A1 O : Ce Furthermore, ZnS phosphors such as ZnS: Mn, ZnS: Mn / ZnMgS, (Y, Gd) 3A1 O: Ce
5 12 等のイェロー蛍光体、またはオレンジ顔料 (例えばシンヒロイネ土製 FA001 (商品名) )を用いることもできる。これらの蛍光体は緑色蛍光体ではないが、各々緑色蛍光成 分を含んでいるため、色相補性が可能であり使用することができる。 A yellow phosphor such as 5 12 or an orange pigment (for example, FA001 (trade name) manufactured by Shinhiroine Earth) can also be used. These phosphors are not green phosphors, but each contain a green phosphor component, so that color complementarity is possible and can be used.
[0069] 一方、緑色変換蛍光体として用いられる有機蛍光体の具体例としては、 2, 3, 5, 6 — 1H, 4H テトラヒドロ一 8 トリフルォロメチルキノリジノ(9, 9a, 1— gh)クマリン、 3- (2' _ベンゾチアゾリル)一 7—ジェチルァミノクマリン、 3 _ (2' _ベンゾイミダゾリ ノレ)一 7_N, N—ジェチルァミノクマリン、 3 _ (2' _N_メチルベンゾイミダゾリル)一 7-N, N—ジェチルァミノクマリン等のクマリン色素;ベーシックイェロー 51等のクマ リン色素系染料;ソルベントイェロー 11、もしくはソルベントイェロー 116等のナフタル イミド系色素;などを例示することができる。 [0069] On the other hand, specific examples of the organic phosphor used as the green conversion phosphor include 2, 3, 5, 6 — 1H, 4H tetrahydro-8 trifluoromethylquinolidino (9, 9a, 1—gh). ) Coumarin, 3- (2'_Benzothiazolyl) 1-7-Jetylaminocoumarin, 3_ (2'_Benzimidazolinore) 1 7_N, N-Jetylaminocoumarin, 3_ (2'_N_Methyl 1-N, N-coumarin dyes such as jetylaminocoumarin; coumarin dyes such as basic yellow 51; naphthalates such as solvent yellow 11 or solvent yellow 116 Examples thereof include imide dyes.
[0070] 上記有機蛍光体としては、上記の色素や染料を、例えばポリメタクリル酸エステル、 ポリ塩化ビニル、塩化ビニルー酢酸ビニル共重合樹脂、アルキッド樹脂、芳香族スル ホンアミド樹脂、ユリア樹脂、メラミン樹脂、ベンゾグアナミン樹脂およびこれらの樹脂 混合物などに予め練り込んで顔料ィ匕した蛍光顔料であってもよい。 [0070] Examples of the organic phosphor include the above pigments and dyes such as polymethacrylic acid ester, polyvinyl chloride, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer resin, alkyd resin, aromatic sulfonamide resin, urea resin, melamine resin, A fluorescent pigment kneaded in advance in a benzoguanamine resin or a mixture of these resins may also be used.
[0071] 上述した無機蛍光体および有機蛍光体は、単独で用いてもよぐ蛍光の色相を調 整するために 2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもょレ、。 [0071] The above-described inorganic phosphor and organic phosphor may be used alone or in combination of two or more in order to adjust the hue of fluorescence.
[0072] また、赤色変換蛍光体として用いられる無機蛍光体の具体例としては、希土類錯体 系蛍光体が挙げられる。この希土類錯体系蛍光体の具体例としては、 K Eu (WO [0072] Specific examples of the inorganic phosphor used as the red conversion phosphor include rare earth complex phosphors. Specific examples of this rare earth complex phosphor include K Eu (WO
5 2. 5 5 2. 5
) 等の Kと Wを含む希土類錯体系蛍光体などが挙げられる。なお、希土類錯体) And other rare earth complex phosphors containing K and W. In addition, rare earth complex
4 6. 25 4 6. 25
系蛍光体のその他の点については、上記の場合と同様である。 The other points of the phosphor are the same as in the above case.
さらに、赤色変換蛍光体として用いられる無機蛍光体の具体例としては、 ZnS : Mn 、 ZnS : Mn/ZnMgS等の ZnS系蛍光体、またはオレンジ顔料(例えばシンヒロィ社 製 FA001 (商品名))も挙げられる。 Furthermore, specific examples of inorganic phosphors used as red conversion phosphors include ZnS phosphors such as ZnS: Mn, ZnS: Mn / ZnMgS, or orange pigments (for example, FA001 (trade name) manufactured by Shinhiro Corporation). It is done.
[0073] 一方、赤色変換蛍光体として用いられる有機蛍光体の具体例としては、 4 ジシァ ノメチレン一 2—メチル 6— (p ジメチルアミノスチリル) 4H—ピラン等のシァニ ン系色素; 1 ェチル -2- [4— (p ジメチルァミノフエニル) 1 , 3—ブタジェニル] —ピリジゥム一パーク口レート等のピリジン系色素;ローダミン B、ローダミン 6G、ロー ダミン 3B、ローダミン 101、ローダミン 110、スルホローダミン、ベーシックバイオレット 11、ベーシックレッド 2等のローダミン系色素;ォキサジン系色素;などを例示すること ができる。 [0073] On the other hand, specific examples of organic phosphors used as red-converting phosphors include cyanine dyes such as 4-disanomethylene-1,2-methyl 6- (p dimethylaminostyryl) 4H-pyran; 1 ethyl-2 -[4— (p-dimethylaminophenyl) 1,3-butabutenyl] —Pyridine dyes such as pyridinium perpark mouthrate; rhodamine B, rhodamine 6G, rhodamine 3B, rhodamine 101, rhodamine 110, sulforhodamine, basic violet 11, rhodamine dyes such as Basic Red 2; oxazine dyes; and the like.
[0074] 上記有機蛍光体としては、上述した色素を、例えばポリメタクリル酸エステル、ポリ塩 化ビュル、塩化ビュル一酢酸ビュル共重合樹脂、アルキッド樹脂、芳香族スルホンァ ミド樹脂、ユリア樹脂、メラミン樹脂、ベンゾグアナミン樹脂およびこれらの樹脂混合物 などに予め練り込んで顔料ィ匕した蛍光顔料であってもよい。 [0074] Examples of the organic phosphor include the above-described dyes such as polymethacrylic acid ester, polysulphated butyl, butyl chloride monoacetate butyl copolymer resin, alkyd resin, aromatic sulfonamide resin, urea resin, melamine resin, A fluorescent pigment kneaded in advance in a benzoguanamine resin or a mixture of these resins may also be used.
[0075] 上述した無機蛍光体および有機蛍光体は、単独で用いてもよぐ蛍光の色相を調 整するために 2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。一般的に青色光から赤色光へ の変換効率は低いが、 2種以上を混合して用いることにより変換効率を高めることが できる。 [0075] The inorganic phosphor and the organic phosphor described above may be used alone or in combination of two or more in order to adjust the hue of fluorescence. In general, the conversion efficiency from blue light to red light is low. it can.
[0076] 各色変換部に用いられる樹脂の具体例としては、ポリメチルメタタリレート樹脂、ポリ アタリレート樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリビュルアルコール樹脂、ポリビュルピロリ ドン樹脂、ヒドロキシェチルセルロース樹脂、カルボキシメチルセルロース樹脂、ポリ 塩化ビュル樹脂、メラミン樹脂、フヱノール樹脂、アルキッド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、ポリ ウレタン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、マレイン酸樹脂、もしくはポリアミド樹脂等の透明樹 脂を例示することができる。また、上記樹脂の具体例としては、アタリレート系、メタタリ レート系、ポリ桂皮酸ビュル系、もしくは環化ゴム系等の反応性ビュル基を有する電 離放射線硬化性樹脂 (実際には、電子線硬化性樹脂もしくは紫外線硬化性樹脂で あって、後者であることが多い。)を使用することもできる。 [0076] Specific examples of the resin used in each color conversion section include polymethyl methacrylate resin, polyacrylate resin, polycarbonate resin, polybutyl alcohol resin, polybutylpyrrolidone resin, hydroxyethyl cellulose resin, carboxymethyl cellulose. Examples thereof include transparent resins such as resins, polyvinyl chloride resins, melamine resins, phenol resins, alkyd resins, epoxy resins, polyurethane resins, polyester resins, maleic resins, or polyamide resins. Specific examples of the resin include an ionizing radiation curable resin having a reactive bur group such as an acrylate, metatalylate, polycinnamate bure, or cyclized rubber (in practice, an electron beam). Curable resin or ultraviolet curable resin, often the latter).
[0077] 各色変換部中の樹脂と各色変換蛍光体との割合は、 100 : 0. 3〜: 100 : 5 (質量基 準)程度が好ましレ、。色変換蛍光体の割合が少なすぎると十分な色変換効率が得ら れない場合があり、上記の割合が多すぎると濃度消光が生じるおそれがあるからであ る。 [0077] The ratio of the resin in each color conversion section to each color conversion phosphor is preferably about 100: 0.3 to about 100: 5 (mass standard). This is because if the ratio of the color conversion phosphor is too small, sufficient color conversion efficiency may not be obtained, and if the ratio is too large, concentration quenching may occur.
[0078] 色変換層の形成方法としては、例えばフォトリソグラフィ法、または、上記各色変換 発光体および樹脂を必要に応じて溶剤、希釈剤もしくは適宜な添加剤と共に混合し て、色変換層形成用塗工液を調製し、印刷する印刷法を挙げることができる。 [0078] As a method of forming the color conversion layer, for example, a photolithography method, or the above-described color conversion phosphor and resin are mixed with a solvent, a diluent, or an appropriate additive as necessary to form a color conversion layer. The printing method which prepares a coating liquid and prints can be mentioned.
[0079] 2.着色層 [0079] 2. Colored layer
本実施態様に用いられる着色層は、透明基材上にパターン状に形成されたもので あり、通常は赤色着色部、緑色着色部および青色着色部を有するものである。各着 色部は、各画素に対応して規則的に配列され、遮光部が形成されている場合は遮光 部の開口部に対応して設けられる。 The colored layer used in the present embodiment is formed in a pattern on a transparent substrate, and usually has a red colored portion, a green colored portion, and a blue colored portion. Each colored portion is regularly arranged corresponding to each pixel, and when a light shielding portion is formed, it is provided corresponding to the opening of the light shielding portion.
[0080] 本実施態様に用いられる各着色部は、各色の顔料や染料等の着色剤をバインダ 樹脂中に分散または溶解させたものである。 [0080] Each colored portion used in this embodiment is obtained by dispersing or dissolving a colorant such as a pigment or a dye of each color in a binder resin.
[0081] 赤色着色部に用いられる着色剤としては、例えばペリレン系顔料、レーキ顔料、ァ ゾ系顔料、キナクリドン系顔料、アントラキノン系顔料、アントラセン系顔料、イソインド リン系顔料等が挙げられる。これらの顔料は単独で用いてもよく 2種以上を混合して 用いてもよい。 [0082] 緑色着色部に用いられる着色剤としては、例えばハロゲン多置換フタロシアニン系 顔料もしくはハロゲン多置換銅フタロシアニン系顔料等のフタロシアニン系顔料、トリ フエニルメタン系塩基性染料、イソインドリン系顔料、イソインドリノン系顔料等が挙げ られる。これらの顔料もしくは染料は単独で用いてもよく 2種以上を混合して用いても よい。 [0081] Examples of the colorant used in the red coloring portion include perylene pigments, lake pigments, azo pigments, quinacridone pigments, anthraquinone pigments, anthracene pigments, and isoindoline pigments. These pigments may be used alone or in combination of two or more. [0082] Examples of the colorant used in the green coloring portion include phthalocyanine pigments such as halogen polysubstituted phthalocyanine pigments or halogen polysubstituted copper phthalocyanine pigments, triphenylmethane basic dyes, isoindoline pigments, and isoindolinones. And pigments. These pigments or dyes may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
[0083] 青色着色部に用いられる着色剤としては、例えば銅フタロシアニン系顔料、アントラ キノン系顔料、インダンスレン系顔料、インドフエノール系顔料、シァニン系顔料、ジ ォキサジン系顔料等が挙げられる。これらの顔料は単独で用いてもよく 2種以上を混 合して用いてもよい。 [0083] Examples of the colorant used in the blue colored portion include copper phthalocyanine pigments, anthraquinone pigments, indanthrene pigments, indophenol pigments, cyanine pigments, and dioxazine pigments. These pigments may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
[0084] また、各着色部に用いられるバインダ樹脂としては、透明な樹脂が用いられる。 In addition, as the binder resin used for each colored portion, a transparent resin is used.
[0085] 着色層の形成方法として印刷法を用いる場合、バインダ樹脂としては、例えばポリメ チルメタタリレート樹脂、ポリアタリレート樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリビュルアル コール樹脂、ポリビエルピロリドン樹脂、ヒドロキシェチルセルロース樹脂、カルボキシ メチルセルロース樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニル榭脂、メラミン樹脂、フエノール樹脂、アルキッ ド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、マレイン酸樹脂、ポリア ミド樹脂等が挙げられる。 [0085] When a printing method is used as a method for forming the colored layer, examples of the binder resin include a polymethyl methacrylate resin, a poly acrylate resin, a polycarbonate resin, a polybutyl alcohol resin, a polyvinyl pyrrolidone resin, and a hydroxyethyl cellulose resin. Carboxymethylcellulose resin, polyvinyl chloride resin, melamine resin, phenol resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, polyurethane resin, polyester resin, maleic acid resin, polyamide resin and the like.
[0086] また、着色層の形成方法としてフォトリソグラフィ法を用いる場合は、バインダ樹脂と しては、通常、アタリレート系、メタタリレート系、ポリ桂皮酸ビニル系、もしくは環化ゴ ム系等の反応性ビニル基を有する電離放射線硬化性樹脂が使用される。通常は、 電子線硬化性樹脂または紫外線硬化性樹脂が用いられる。 [0086] When a photolithography method is used as a method for forming a colored layer, the binder resin is usually a reaction such as an acrylate, metatallate, polyvinyl cinnamate, or cyclized rubber. An ionizing radiation curable resin having a functional vinyl group is used. Usually, an electron beam curable resin or an ultraviolet curable resin is used.
紫外線硬化性樹脂を使用する場合には、バインダ樹脂に光重合開始剤が単独ま たは複数組み合わせて使用される。また、紫外線硬化型の感光性樹脂を用いる場合 には、必要に応じて増感剤、塗布性改良剤、現像改良剤、架橋剤、重合禁止剤、可 塑剤、難燃剤等を用いてもよい。 When an ultraviolet curable resin is used, a photopolymerization initiator is used alone or in combination with a binder resin. In addition, when using an ultraviolet curable photosensitive resin, a sensitizer, a coatability improver, a development improver, a crosslinking agent, a polymerization inhibitor, a plasticizer, a flame retardant, etc. may be used as necessary. Good.
[0087] 着色剤の含有量としては、各着色部中に 5〜50重量%の範囲内であることが好ま しい。また、バインダ樹脂の含有量としては、着色剤 100重量部に対して 30〜: 100重 量部の範囲内であることが好ましい。 [0087] The content of the colorant is preferably in the range of 5 to 50% by weight in each colored portion. The binder resin content is preferably in the range of 30 to 100 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the colorant.
[0088] このような着色層の厚みとしては、通常 1 μ m〜3 μ m程度とされる。 [0089] 各着色部の配列としては、各着色部が巨視的に見て平均的に配列されていれば特 に限定されるものではなぐ例えばストライプ配歹 1J、モザイク配歹 IJ、デルタ配列等が挙 げられる。また、各着色部は、遮光部の開口部毎に形成されていてもよい。 [0088] The thickness of such a colored layer is usually about 1 μm to 3 μm. [0089] The arrangement of the colored portions is not particularly limited as long as the colored portions are arranged on an average when viewed macroscopically. For example, a stripe arrangement 1J, a mosaic arrangement IJ, a delta arrangement, etc. Are listed. Moreover, each coloring part may be formed for every opening part of the light-shielding part.
[0090] 着色層の形成方法としては、着色剤をバインダ樹脂に混合、分散または可溶化さ せて着色層形成用塗工液を調製し、この着色層形成用塗工液を用いてフォトリソダラ フィ法によってパターユングする方法、あるいは、上記着色層形成用塗工液を用いて 印刷法によりパターニングする方法が用いられる。 [0090] As a method for forming a colored layer, a coloring agent is prepared by mixing, dispersing or solubilizing a coloring agent in a binder resin to prepare a colored layer forming coating solution, and using this colored layer forming coating solution, A patterning method using a phi method or a patterning method using a printing method using the colored layer forming coating solution is used.
[0091] 3.透明基材 [0091] 3. Transparent substrate
本実施態様に用いられる透明基材は、有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板を支える 支持体である。また、本実施態様の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板を用いて有機 EL表示装置を構成した際には、観察者側に配置されるものであり、有機 EL表示装 置全体を支える支持体でもある。 The transparent substrate used in this embodiment is a support that supports the color filter substrate for an organic EL element. In addition, when the organic EL display device is configured using the color filter substrate for the organic EL element of the present embodiment, it is disposed on the viewer side and is also a support that supports the entire organic EL display device. .
[0092] 透明基材としては、例えばガラスや石英ガラス等の無機質の板状透明基材、もしく はアクリル樹脂等の有機質 (例えば、合成樹脂)の板状透明基材、または、合成樹脂 製の透明フィルム状基材を用いることができる。厚みのごく薄いガラスも透明フィルム 状基材として利用することができる。 [0092] As the transparent substrate, for example, an inorganic plate-like transparent substrate such as glass or quartz glass, an organic (for example, synthetic resin) plate-like transparent substrate such as acrylic resin, or a synthetic resin A transparent film substrate can be used. Very thin glass can also be used as a transparent film substrate.
[0093] また、透明基材としては、着色層や色変換層等を形成する側の表面の平滑性が高 レ、ものであることが好ましレ、。具体的には、平均表面粗さ(Ra)力 0. 5nm〜3. Onm (5 μ mO領域)であるものを用いることが好ましい。 [0093] Further, as the transparent substrate, it is preferable that the surface on the side on which the colored layer, the color conversion layer and the like are formed has high smoothness. Specifically, it is preferable to use one having an average surface roughness (Ra) force of 0.5 nm to 3. Onm (5 μmO region).
[0094] 上記透明基材を構成する合成樹脂の具体例としては、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリ ァリレート樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、メタクリル酸メチル樹脂等のアクリル樹脂 、トリァセチルセルロース樹脂等のセルロース樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、または環状ォレフ イン樹脂もしくは環状ォレフィン共重合樹脂等を挙げることができる。 [0094] Specific examples of the synthetic resin constituting the transparent substrate include polycarbonate resin, polyarylate resin, polyethersulfone resin, acrylic resin such as methyl methacrylate resin, cellulose resin such as triacetyl cellulose resin, and epoxy resin. Or a cyclic olefin resin or a cyclic olefin copolymer resin.
[0095] 4.遮光部 [0095] 4. Shading part
本実施態様においては、透明基材上の着色層の間に遮光部(ブラックマトリクスとも いう。)が形成されていてもよい。遮光部は、各画素毎に発光する区域を区画すると 共に、発光する区域どうしの境界における外光の反射を防止し、画像、映像のコント ラストを高めるために設けられるものである。したがって、遮光部は必ずしも設けなくて よいが、コントラストを向上させる以外に、着色層等を遮光部の開口部に対応させて 形成する上で、遮光部が形成されていることが好ましい。また、本実施態様の有機 E L素子用カラーフィルタ基板を用いて有機 EL表示装置とした際に、発光層等を遮光 部の開口部に対応させて形成することからも、遮光部が形成されていることが好まし レ、。 In this embodiment, a light shielding part (also referred to as a black matrix) may be formed between the colored layers on the transparent substrate. The light shielding portion is provided to partition the light emitting area for each pixel, prevent reflection of external light at the boundary between the light emitting areas, and enhance the contrast of images and videos. Therefore, the shading part is not necessarily provided. However, in addition to improving the contrast, it is preferable that the light shielding portion is formed when the colored layer or the like is formed corresponding to the opening of the light shielding portion. In addition, when an organic EL display device is formed using the color filter substrate for the organic EL element of the present embodiment, the light-shielding portion is formed because the light-emitting layer is formed corresponding to the opening of the light-shielding portion. I prefer to be there.
[0096] 遮光部は、通常、黒色のライン状に形成され、マトリクス状またはストライプ状等の開 口部を有するパターン状に形成されたものである。本実施態様の有機 EL素子用カラ 一フィルタ基板を用いて有機 EL表示装置とした場合、発光層からの発光は、この遮 光部の開口部を経由し、観察者側に到達する。 [0096] The light shielding portion is usually formed in a black line shape, and is formed in a pattern shape having an opening portion such as a matrix shape or a stripe shape. When the organic EL display device is formed using the color filter substrate for the organic EL element of the present embodiment, light emitted from the light emitting layer reaches the observer side through the opening of the light shielding portion.
[0097] 本実施態様に用いられる遮光部は、絶縁性を有するものであっても、絶縁性を有し ないものであってもよいが、中でも絶縁性を有していることが好ましい。遮光部が絶縁 性を有するものであれば、本実施態様の有機 EL素子カラーフィルタ基板を用いて有 機 EL表示装置とした際に、遮光部と透明電極層とが接触する場合であっても、遮光 部と透明電極層とが導通するのを回避することができるからである。 [0097] The light shielding portion used in the present embodiment may be insulating or non-insulating, but it is preferable that it has insulating properties. If the light-shielding part has insulating properties, even when the organic EL display device using the organic EL element color filter substrate of this embodiment is used as an organic EL display device, the light-shielding part and the transparent electrode layer are in contact with each other. This is because it is possible to avoid conduction between the light shielding portion and the transparent electrode layer.
[0098] 絶縁性を有する遮光部の形成材料としては、例えばカーボンブラック等の黒色着 色剤を含有する樹脂組成物等が挙げられる。この樹脂組成物に用いられる樹脂とし ては、例えばアタリレート系、メタタリレート系、ポリ桂皮酸ビニル系、もしくは環化ゴム 系等の反応性ビュル基を有する電離放射線硬化性樹脂、特に電子線硬化性樹脂ま たは紫外線硬化性樹脂を使用することができる。また、例えばポリメチルメタタリレート 樹脂、ポリアタリレート樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール樹脂、ポリ ビュルピロリドン樹脂、ヒドロキシェチルセルロース樹脂、カルボキシメチルセルロース 樹脂、ポリ塩化ビュル樹脂、メラミン樹脂、フヱノール樹脂、アルキッド樹脂、エポキシ 樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、マレイン酸樹脂、またはポリアミド樹脂等 あ ί列示すること力 Sでさる。 [0098] Examples of the material for forming an insulating light shielding part include a resin composition containing a black colorant such as carbon black. Examples of the resin used in this resin composition include ionizing radiation curable resins having a reactive bur group such as attalylate, metatalylate, polyvinyl cinnamate, or cyclized rubber, particularly electron beam curable. Resin or UV curable resin can be used. In addition, for example, polymethyl methacrylate resin, polyacrylate resin, polycarbonate resin, polyvinyl alcohol resin, polybutylpyrrolidone resin, hydroxyethyl cellulose resin, carboxymethyl cellulose resin, polychlorinated bur resin, melamine resin, phenol resin, alkyd resin , Epoxy resin, polyurethane resin, polyester resin, maleic acid resin, polyamide resin, etc.
[0099] また、絶縁性を有しなレ、遮光部の形成材料としては、例えばクロム等の金属または 酸化クロム等の金属酸化物が挙げられる。この際、絶縁性を有しない遮光部は、 Cr O膜 (Xは任意の数)および Cr膜が 2層積層されたものであってもよぐまた、より反射 率を低減させた Cr〇膜 (Xは任意の数)、 CrN膜 (yは任意の数)および Cr膜力 ¾層 積層されたものであってもよい。 [0099] In addition, examples of the material for forming the light-shielding portion having no insulating property include metals such as chromium and metal oxides such as chromium oxide. In this case, the non-insulating light-shielding portion may be a CrO film (X is an arbitrary number) and two layers of Cr film laminated, or a CrO film with a further reduced reflectance. (X is an arbitrary number), CrN film (y is an arbitrary number) and Cr film force ¾ layer It may be laminated.
[0100] 絶縁性を有する遮光部の形成方法としては、上記の樹脂組成物を基材上に塗布し て、フォトリソグラフィ法によりパターニングする方法を用いることができる。また、印刷 法等を用いることもできる。 [0100] As a method for forming a light-shielding part having insulating properties, a method of applying the above resin composition on a substrate and patterning it by a photolithography method can be used. Also, a printing method or the like can be used.
[0101] また、絶縁性を有しなレ、遮光部の形成方法としては、蒸着法、イオンプレーティング 法、スパッタリング法等により薄膜を形成し、フォトリソグラフィ法を利用してパターニン グする方法を用いることができる。また、無電界メツキ法等を用いることもできる。 [0101] Further, as a method for forming a non-insulating and light-shielding portion, a method of forming a thin film by an evaporation method, an ion plating method, a sputtering method, or the like, and patterning using a photolithography method is used. Can be used. Further, an electroless plating method or the like can also be used.
[0102] 上記遮光部の膜厚としては、蒸着法、イオンプレーティング法、スパッタリング法等 により形成する場合には 0. 2 x m〜0. 4 x m程度であり、塗布により形成する場合や 印刷法によるときは 0. 5 μ m〜2 μ m程度である。 [0102] The film thickness of the light-shielding portion is about 0.2 xm to 0.4 xm when formed by vapor deposition, ion plating, sputtering, or the like. when due to is a 5 μ m~2 μ about m 0..
[0103] 5.平坦化層 [0103] 5. Planarization layer
本実施態様においては、色変換層上に平坦ィ匕層が形成されていてもよい。この平 ±旦化層は、着色層や色変換層を保護する役割を有すると共に、着色層や色変換層 の厚みが一定でない場合には、それら層の表面をならして平坦な面とし、有機 EL表 示装置に用いる場合に透明電極層等を形成する際の影響を低減する目的で設けら れるものである。また、平坦化層は、着色層や色変換層の構成により段差(凹凸)が 存在する場合に、この段差を解消して平坦化を図り、有機 EL表示装置の作製時に 有機 EL層を形成する際の厚みムラの発生を防止する平坦ィ匕作用をなすものである。 In the present embodiment, a flat layer may be formed on the color conversion layer. This flat layer has a role of protecting the colored layer and the color conversion layer, and when the thickness of the colored layer and the color conversion layer is not constant, the surface of the layer is leveled to be a flat surface. When used in an organic EL display device, it is provided for the purpose of reducing the impact of forming a transparent electrode layer. In addition, if there is a step (unevenness) due to the structure of the colored layer or the color conversion layer, the flattening layer eliminates this step and flattens it, and forms the organic EL layer when manufacturing the organic EL display device. It has a flattening action to prevent occurrence of uneven thickness.
[0104] 本実施態様に用いられる平坦ィ匕層の形成材料としては、透明樹脂を用いることが できる。具体的には、アタリレート系、メタタリレート系の反応性ビエル基を有する光硬 化型樹脂、熱硬化型樹脂を使用することができる。また、上記透明樹脂として、ポリメ チノレメタタリレート、ポリアタリレート、ポリカーボネート、ポリビュルアルコール、ポリビ ニルピロリドン、ヒドロキシェチルセルロース、カルボキシメチルセルロース、ポリ塩ィ匕 ビュル樹脂、メラミン樹脂、フヱノール樹脂、アルキド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、ポリウレタ ン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、マレイン酸樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂等を使用することができる [0104] A transparent resin can be used as a material for forming the flat layer used in the present embodiment. Specifically, photocurable resins and thermosetting resins having an acrylate or metatalylate reactive beer group can be used. In addition, as the above transparent resin, polymethylol methacrylate, polyacrylate, polycarbonate, polybutyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, hydroxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, polyvinyl chloride resin, melamine resin, phenol resin, alkyd resin Epoxy resin, polyurethane resin, polyester resin, maleic acid resin, polyamide resin, etc. can be used
[0105] また、本実施態様における平坦ィ匕層は光散乱性を有していてもよい。平坦化層が 光散乱性を有することにより、色変換層で変換された光が透明基材に対して水平な 方向に漏れるのを抑制し、透明基材に対して垂直な方向(観察者側)に光を効率的 に取り出すことが可能となるからである。 [0105] In addition, the flat layer in this embodiment may have light scattering properties. Since the flattening layer has light scattering properties, the light converted by the color conversion layer is horizontal to the transparent substrate. This is because leakage in the direction is suppressed, and light can be efficiently extracted in a direction perpendicular to the transparent substrate (observer side).
[0106] 上記平坦化層に光散乱機能を付与するには、平坦化層に光散乱性微粒子を含有 させればよい。本実施態様に用いられる光散乱性微粒子は、光散乱作用を有する微 粒子である。光散乱性微粒子の好ましい例としては、酸化珪素、酸化アルミニウム、 硫酸バリウム等の無機物、アクリル系樹脂、ジビュルベンゼン系樹脂、ベンゾグァナミ ン系樹脂、スチレン系樹脂、メラミン系樹脂、アクリル一スチレン系樹脂、ポリカーボネ ート系樹脂、ポリエチレン系樹脂、ポリ塩ィヒビニル系樹脂等の有機物の微粒子、ある レ、は、これらの 2種以上の混合系等の微粒子を挙げることができる。これらの中でも、 メラミン系樹脂、ベンゾグアナミン系樹脂、およびその混合系樹脂や共重合体の微粒 子が透明性、耐久性の点で好ましい。 [0106] In order to impart a light scattering function to the planarizing layer, the planarizing layer may contain light scattering fine particles. The light-scattering fine particles used in this embodiment are fine particles having a light scattering action. Preferred examples of the light-scattering fine particles include inorganic substances such as silicon oxide, aluminum oxide, and barium sulfate, acrylic resins, dibulebenzene resins, benzoguanamine resins, styrene resins, melamine resins, and acrylic-styrene resins. Examples of the organic fine particles such as polycarbonate resin, polyethylene resin, and polyvinyl chloride resin, and the like include a mixture of two or more of them. Among these, melamine resin, benzoguanamine resin, and mixed resin and copolymer fine particles are preferable in terms of transparency and durability.
[0107] 上記光散乱性微粒子の平均粒径としては、 0. 1-5. Ο μ m程度であることが好まし く、より好ましくは 0· 1~4. 0 /i m、さらに好ましくは 0·:!〜 2· Ο μ ΐηの範囲内である。 平均粒径が上記範囲であることにより、十分な光散乱効果を得ることができるからで ある。 [0107] The average particle diameter of the light-scattering fine particles is preferably about 0.1 to 5 μm, more preferably 0 · 1 to 4.0 / im, and still more preferably 0. · :! to 2 · Ο μ ΐη. This is because a sufficient light scattering effect can be obtained when the average particle diameter is in the above range.
[0108] また、光散乱性微粒子は、光散乱効果を上げるため、球状であることが好ましい。 [0108] The light-scattering fine particles are preferably spherical in order to increase the light scattering effect.
[0109] 上記平坦化層の形成方法としては、上述した透明樹脂を含有する平坦化層形成用 塗工液が液体の場合、スピンコート、ロールコート、キャストコート等の方法で塗布し て成膜し、光硬化型樹脂の場合は紫外線照射後に必要に応じて熱硬化させ、熱硬 化型樹脂の場合は成膜後そのまま熱硬化させる方法を挙げることができる。また、上 述した透明樹脂がフィルム状に成形されている場合は、直接、あるいは、粘着剤を介 して貼着することにより平坦ィ匕層を形成することができる。 [0109] As the method for forming the flattening layer, when the flattening layer-forming coating solution containing the transparent resin is a liquid, the film is applied by spin coating, roll coating, cast coating, or the like. In the case of a photo-curing resin, a method of thermosetting as necessary after irradiation with ultraviolet rays can be used. In addition, when the transparent resin described above is formed into a film, a flat layer can be formed directly or by sticking via an adhesive.
[0110] このような平坦ィ匕層の厚みは、例えば:!〜 7 a m程度とすることができる。 [0110] The thickness of such a flat layer can be, for example, about:! To 7 am.
[0111] 6.ガスバリア層 [0111] 6. Gas barrier layer
本実施態様においては、色変換層上にガスバリア層が形成されていてもよい。例え ば図 6に示すように平坦ィ匕層 5が色変換層 3上に形成されている場合は、ガスバリア 層 6は平坦化層 5上に形成される。このガスバリア層は、有機 EL表示装置に用いた 場合、有機 EL層へ有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板からの水蒸気や酸素または着 色層や色変換層等からの脱離ガスが透過するのを遮断するために設けられるもので ある。 In this embodiment, a gas barrier layer may be formed on the color conversion layer. For example, when the flat layer 5 is formed on the color conversion layer 3 as shown in FIG. 6, the gas barrier layer 6 is formed on the flat layer 5. When this gas barrier layer is used in an organic EL display device, water vapor, oxygen, or adsorption from the color filter substrate for the organic EL element is applied to the organic EL layer. It is provided to block the passage of desorbed gas from the color layer, color conversion layer, and the like.
[0112] 本実施態様に用いられるガスバリア層としては、水蒸気、酸素、脱離ガスなどのガス に対してガスバリア性を発現することができるものであれば特に限定されるものではな ぐ例えば透明無機膜、透明樹脂膜、あるいは有機-無機ハイブリッド膜等が用いら れる。中でも、ガスバリア性が高い点から、透明無機膜が好ましい。 [0112] The gas barrier layer used in the present embodiment is not particularly limited as long as it can exhibit gas barrier properties against gas such as water vapor, oxygen, desorption gas, etc. For example, transparent inorganic A film, a transparent resin film, an organic-inorganic hybrid film, or the like is used. Among these, a transparent inorganic film is preferable because of its high gas barrier property.
[0113] 上記透明無機膜に用いられる材料としては、ガスバリア性を発現することができるも のであれば特に限定されるものではなぐ例えば酸化アルミニウム、酸化ケィ素、酸 化マグネシウム等の酸化物;窒化ケィ素等の窒化物;窒化酸化ケィ素等の窒化酸化 物;などが用いられる。中でも、ピンホールや突起が生じに《ガスノ リア性が高いこと から、窒化酸化ケィ素が好適である。 [0113] The material used for the transparent inorganic film is not particularly limited as long as it can exhibit gas barrier properties. For example, oxides such as aluminum oxide, silicon oxide, and magnesium oxide; Nitride such as nitride; nitrided oxide such as nitrided nitride oxide; Among these, nitrided silicon oxide is preferred because of its high gas noriality due to pinholes and protrusions.
[0114] また、ガスバリア層は、単層であってもよく多層であってもよレ、。例えば、ガスバリア 層が複数の窒化酸化ケィ素膜が積層された多層である場合は、ガスバリア性をさらに 高めることができる。また、ガスバリア層が多層である場合は、各層にそれぞれ異なる 材料を用いてもよい。 [0114] The gas barrier layer may be a single layer or multiple layers. For example, when the gas barrier layer is a multilayer in which a plurality of nitrided silicon oxide films are stacked, the gas barrier property can be further improved. When the gas barrier layer is a multilayer, different materials may be used for each layer.
[0115] ガスバリア層の厚みとしては、特に限定されるものではなぐ用いる基材ゃガスバリ ァ層に用いられる材料の種類、あるいはガスバリア層が単層であるか多層であるかに よって異なるものであり一概に規定できないが、通常、ガスバリア層全体で 20nm〜2 β m程度である。ガスバリア層の厚みが薄すぎるとガスバリア性が不十分となる可能 性があり、またガスノくリア層の厚みが厚すぎると薄膜の膜応力によるクラック等の現象 が生じ易いからである。 [0115] The thickness of the gas barrier layer is not particularly limited, and may vary depending on the type of material used for the gas barrier layer and whether the gas barrier layer is a single layer or a multilayer. Although it cannot be generally specified, it is generally about 20 nm to 2 β m for the entire gas barrier layer. This is because if the thickness of the gas barrier layer is too thin, the gas barrier properties may be insufficient, and if the thickness of the gas barrier layer is too thick, a phenomenon such as cracking due to the film stress of the thin film tends to occur.
[0116] 上記ガスバリア層が透明無機膜である場合、この透明無機膜の形成方法としては、 真空状態で形成できる膜の形成方法であれば特に限定されるものではなぐ例えば スパッタリング法、化学気相成長(CVD)法、イオンプレーティング法、電子ビーム(E B)蒸着法や抵抗加熱法等の真空蒸着法、レーザーアブレーシヨン法等が挙げられ る。このうち、有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板の生産性を考慮すると、スパッタリン グ法、イオンプレーティング法、 CVD法が好ましぐさらには、スパッタリング法を用い ること力 Sより好ましい。スパッタリング法を用いることにより、高生産性で、品質安定性 に優れたガスバリア層を形成することができるからである。 [0116] When the gas barrier layer is a transparent inorganic film, the method for forming the transparent inorganic film is not particularly limited as long as it is a film forming method that can be formed in a vacuum state. Examples include a growth (CVD) method, an ion plating method, an electron beam (EB) evaporation method, a vacuum evaporation method such as a resistance heating method, and a laser ablation method. Of these, considering the productivity of the color filter substrate for the organic EL element, the sputtering method, the ion plating method, and the CVD method are preferable, and the use of the sputtering method is more preferable than the force S. High productivity and quality stability by using sputtering method This is because an excellent gas barrier layer can be formed.
[0117] 7.有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板の製造方法 [0117] 7. Manufacturing method of color filter substrate for organic EL device
以下、本実施態様の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板の製造方法の一例につい て説明する。 Hereinafter, an example of the manufacturing method of the color filter substrate for the organic EL element of this embodiment will be described.
まず、透明基材上の全面に、クロム等の金属または酸化クロム等の金属酸化物を蒸 着し、フォトリソグラフィ法を用いてパターユングすることによりブラックマトリクスを形成 する。次に、ブラックマトリクスが形成された透明基材上に、赤色着色剤をバインダ樹 脂に分散または溶解させた赤色着色部形成用塗工液を塗布し、フォトリソグラフィ法 を用いてパターユングすることにより赤色着色部を形成する。同様の手順により緑色 着色部および青色着色部を形成する。 First, a black matrix is formed by depositing a metal such as chromium or a metal oxide such as chromium oxide on the entire surface of the transparent substrate and patterning it using a photolithography method. Next, on the transparent substrate on which the black matrix is formed, a coating solution for forming a red colored portion in which a red colorant is dispersed or dissolved in a binder resin is applied and patterned using a photolithography method. To form a red colored portion. A green colored portion and a blue colored portion are formed by the same procedure.
次いで、緑色着色部上に、緑色変換蛍光体を樹脂に分散または溶解させた緑色 色変換部形成用塗工液を塗布し、フォトリソグラフィ法を用いてパターユングすること により緑色色変換部を形成する。この際、緑色色変換部は、緑色着色部上にパター ン状に形成する。 Next, a green color conversion part is formed by applying a coating liquid for forming a green color conversion part in which a green conversion phosphor is dispersed or dissolved in a resin and patterning using a photolithography method. To do. At this time, the green color conversion part is formed in a pattern on the green coloring part.
そして、必要に応じて、緑色色変換部および各着色部を覆うように平坦ィ匕層を形成 する。 Then, if necessary, a flat layer is formed so as to cover the green color conversion portion and each coloring portion.
このようにして有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板を作製することができる。 In this way, a color filter substrate for an organic EL element can be produced.
[0118] II.第 2実施態様 [0118] II. Second Embodiment
本発明の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板の第 2実施態様は、透明基材と、上記 透明基材上にパターン状に形成され、赤色着色部、緑色着色部および青色着色部 を有する着色層と、上記緑色着色部上に形成された緑色色変換部を少なくとも有す る色変換層とを有する有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板であって、上記緑色色変換 部の面積が、上記赤色着色部上に形成される赤色色変換部および上記青色着色部 上に形成される青色色変換部の各々の面積よりも大きレ、ことを特徴とするものである A second embodiment of the color filter substrate for an organic EL element of the present invention includes a transparent base material, a colored layer formed on the transparent base material in a pattern, and having a red colored portion, a green colored portion, and a blue colored portion. A color filter substrate for an organic EL element having a color conversion layer having at least a green color conversion part formed on the green color part, wherein the area of the green color conversion part is above the red color part The red color conversion portion formed on the blue color conversion portion and the blue color conversion portion formed on the blue coloring portion are larger in area than each other.
[0119] 本実施態様の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板について図面を参照しながら説 明する。 [0119] The color filter substrate for an organic EL device of the present embodiment will be described with reference to the drawings.
図 7は、本実施態様の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板の一例を示す概略断面 図である。図 7に示すように本実施態様の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板 10にお いては、透明基材 1上に、赤色着色部 2R、緑色着色部 2Gおよび青色着色部 2Bか ら構成される着色層 2と、赤色着色部 2R上に形成された赤色色変換部 3R、緑色着 色部 2G上に形成された緑色色変換部 3Gおよび青色着色部 2B上に形成された青 色色変換部 3Bから構成される色変換層 3とが順次形成され、この着色層 2および色 変換層 3を覆うように平坦ィ匕層 5が形成されている。着色層 2の各着色部 2R、 2G、 2 Bの間にブラックマトリクス 4が形成されている。また、緑色色変換部 3Gの面積は、赤 色色変換部 3Rの面積よりも大きぐ青色色変換部 3Bの面積よりも大きい。 FIG. 7 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a color filter substrate for an organic EL element of the present embodiment. FIG. As shown in FIG. 7, in the color filter substrate 10 for the organic EL element of the present embodiment, the coloring composed of the red coloring portion 2R, the green coloring portion 2G, and the blue coloring portion 2B on the transparent substrate 1. From layer 2, red color conversion part 3R formed on red coloring part 2R, green color conversion part 3G formed on green coloring part 2G, and blue color conversion part 3B formed on blue coloring part 2B The color conversion layer 3 to be configured is sequentially formed, and a flat color layer 5 is formed so as to cover the color layer 2 and the color conversion layer 3. A black matrix 4 is formed between the colored portions 2R, 2G, and 2B of the colored layer 2. Further, the area of the green color conversion unit 3G is larger than the area of the blue color conversion unit 3B which is larger than the area of the red color conversion unit 3R.
[0120] このような有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板を例えば白色発光層を有する有機 EL 表示装置に用いる場合には、平坦化層 5の上に透明電極層、白色発光層および対 向電極層が順次積層される。一般に白色発光層から発せられる白色光は赤色光お よび青色光から構成され緑色光の成分が少ない場合が多いので、この白色光が着 色層を透過すると緑色光はほとんど観察されない。これに対し本実施態様において は、入射光を緑色光に変換する緑色色変換部 3Gの面積を赤色色変換部 3Rおよび 青色色変換部 3Bの各々の面積よりも大きくすることにより、緑色光の成分を増やすこ とができる。したがって、本実施態様の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板を用いるこ とにより、三原色の色特性のバランスに優れる有機 EL表示装置を提供することが可 能である。 [0120] When such a color filter substrate for an organic EL element is used in, for example, an organic EL display device having a white light emitting layer, a transparent electrode layer, a white light emitting layer, and a counter electrode layer are provided on the planarizing layer 5. Laminated sequentially. In general, white light emitted from a white light emitting layer is composed of red light and blue light, and the green light component is often small. When this white light passes through the colored layer, almost no green light is observed. In contrast, in the present embodiment, the area of the green color conversion unit 3G that converts incident light into green light is made larger than the area of each of the red color conversion unit 3R and the blue color conversion unit 3B. Ingredients can be increased. Therefore, by using the organic EL element color filter substrate of the present embodiment, it is possible to provide an organic EL display device that is excellent in the balance of the color characteristics of the three primary colors.
[0121] また本実施態様においては、緑色色変換部の面積が赤色色変換部および青色色 変換部の各々の面積よりも大きければ、赤色色変換部および青色色変換部の各々 の面積としては特に限定されるものではない。また、上述したように、白色発光層から 発せられる白色光は赤色光および青色光の成分を含むので、原則的には赤色色変 換部および青色色変換部は色変換を行う必要がない。したがって、赤色色変換部お よび青色色変換部は、形成されていてもよく形成されていなくてもよい。例えば図 7に 示すように赤色色変換部 3Rおよび青色色変換部 3Bが形成されている場合は、赤色 および青色の色相を調整できるという利点がある。一方、例えば図 8に示すように赤 色色変換部および青色色変換部が形成されていない場合は、緑色色変換部 3Gの みが形成されていればよいので、各色変換部をパターユングするために例えばフォト リソグラフィ法等を利用してパターユング工程を繰り返し行う必要がなぐコスト的に有 利であり、製造工程が簡便であるという利点を有する。本実施態様においては、上記 の中でも赤色色変換部および青色色変換部が形成されていないことが好ましい。 [0121] In the present embodiment, if the area of the green color conversion unit is larger than the areas of the red color conversion unit and the blue color conversion unit, the areas of the red color conversion unit and the blue color conversion unit are It is not particularly limited. Further, as described above, since the white light emitted from the white light emitting layer includes components of red light and blue light, in principle, the red color conversion unit and the blue color conversion unit do not need to perform color conversion. Therefore, the red color conversion part and the blue color conversion part may or may not be formed. For example, as shown in FIG. 7, when the red color conversion unit 3R and the blue color conversion unit 3B are formed, there is an advantage that the hues of red and blue can be adjusted. On the other hand, for example, as shown in FIG. 8, when the red color conversion unit and the blue color conversion unit are not formed, only the green color conversion unit 3G needs to be formed. For example photo This is advantageous in terms of cost because it is not necessary to repeat the patterning process using a lithography method or the like, and has the advantage that the manufacturing process is simple. In this embodiment, among the above, it is preferable that the red color conversion portion and the blue color conversion portion are not formed.
[0122] 赤色色変換部および青色色変換部が形成されていない場合、例えば図 8に示すよ うに、赤色着色部 2Rの厚み dlと、緑色着色部 2Gおよび緑色色変換部 3Gを合わせ た厚み d2と、青色着色部 2Bの厚み d3との差 h力 2. O x m以下であることが好ましく 、より好ましくは 0. 5 x m以下であり、最も好ましくは 0. 2 z m以下である。上記の厚 みの差が大きすぎると、着色層および色変換層の構成による段差(凹凸)が大きくなり 、その表面を平坦ィ匕するのが困難となるからである。本実施態様の有機 EL素子用力 ラーフィルタ基板を用いて有機 EL表示装置を作製する際には、色変換層側表面上 に透明電極層や有機 EL層が形成されることとなるので、着色層および色変換層の 構成による表面凹凸が大きいとダークエリアの原因となるおそれがある。 [0122] When the red color conversion portion and the blue color conversion portion are not formed, for example, as shown in FIG. 8, the thickness dl of the red coloring portion 2R, and the combined thickness of the green coloring portion 2G and the green color conversion portion 3G Difference between d2 and thickness d3 of blue colored portion 2B h force 2. Oxm or less is preferable, more preferably 0.5 xm or less, and most preferably 0.2 zm or less. This is because if the difference in thickness is too large, a step (unevenness) due to the configuration of the colored layer and the color conversion layer becomes large, and it becomes difficult to flatten the surface. When an organic EL display device is produced using the organic EL element power filter substrate of this embodiment, a transparent electrode layer and an organic EL layer are formed on the surface of the color conversion layer. If the surface unevenness due to the composition of the color conversion layer is large, it may cause dark areas.
[0123] 一般に、着色層の厚みに比べて色変換層の厚みは大きい。本実施態様において 上記の厚みの差を所定の範囲とするためには、例えば赤色着色部および青色着色 部の厚みを厚くする、あるいは緑色色変換部の厚みを薄くすればよい。具体的には、 各着色部中の着色剤の濃度を薄くすることにより赤色着色部および青色着色部の厚 みを厚くすることができ、また緑色色変換部中の緑色変換蛍光体の濃度を濃くするこ とにより緑色色変換部の厚みを薄くすることができる。ただし、厚みが厚すぎる赤色着 色部および青色着色部を形成するのは困難であり、また厚みが薄すぎる緑色色変換 部を形成するのも困難である。特に、厚みの薄い緑色色変換部を形成するために緑 色色変換部中の緑色変換蛍光体の濃度を濃くしすぎると濃度消光が生じるおそれが ある。 [0123] In general, the thickness of the color conversion layer is larger than the thickness of the colored layer. In this embodiment, in order to make the difference in thickness within a predetermined range, for example, the thickness of the red colored portion and the blue colored portion may be increased, or the thickness of the green color converting portion may be decreased. Specifically, by reducing the concentration of the colorant in each colored portion, the thickness of the red colored portion and the blue colored portion can be increased, and the concentration of the green conversion phosphor in the green color converting portion can be increased. By increasing the thickness, the thickness of the green color conversion portion can be reduced. However, it is difficult to form a red coloring portion and a blue coloring portion that are too thick, and it is also difficult to form a green color conversion portion that is too thin. In particular, if the concentration of the green conversion phosphor in the green color conversion portion is too high in order to form a thin green color conversion portion, concentration quenching may occur.
[0124] したがって、赤色着色部 2Rの厚み dlと、緑色着色部 2Gおよび緑色色変換部 3G を合わせた厚み d2と、青色着色部 2Bの厚み d3とは、ぃずれも1 111〜3 111の範囲 内であることが好ましぐょり好ましくは1 111〜2 111の範囲内でぁり、最も好ましくは 1. 2 μ πι〜1. の範囲内である。 [0124] Therefore, the thickness dl of the red coloring portion 2R, the thickness d2 of the green coloring portion 2G and the green color conversion portion 3G, and the thickness d3 of the blue coloring portion 2B are also 1 111 to 3 111. It is preferably within the range of 1 111 to 2 111 and most preferably within the range of 1.2 μπι to 1.
[0125] 以下、本実施態様の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板の各構成について説明す る。なお、透明基材および遮光部については、上記第 1実施態様に記載したものと同 様であるので、ここでの説明は省略する。 Hereinafter, each configuration of the color filter substrate for an organic EL element of the present embodiment will be described. The transparent substrate and the light shielding part are the same as those described in the first embodiment. Since it is like, description here is abbreviate | omitted.
[0126] 1.色変換層 [0126] 1. Color conversion layer
本実施態様に用いられる色変換層は、緑色着色部上に形成された緑色色変換部 を少なくとも有するものである。また、この緑色色変換部の面積は、赤色着色部上に 形成される赤色色変換部および青色着色部上に形成される青色色変換部の各々の 面積よりも大きレ、ものとなってレ、る。 The color conversion layer used in the present embodiment has at least a green color conversion part formed on the green coloring part. The area of the green color conversion portion is larger than the area of each of the red color conversion portion formed on the red coloring portion and the blue color conversion portion formed on the blue coloring portion. RU
[0127] 各色変換部の面積比としては、緑色色変換部の面積が赤色色変換部および青色 色変換部の各々の面積よりも大きければ特に限定されるものではない。 The area ratio of each color conversion unit is not particularly limited as long as the area of the green color conversion unit is larger than the areas of the red color conversion unit and the blue color conversion unit.
[0128] なお、ここでいう「面積」とは、透明基材表面に対して水平な面における面積をいう。 [0128] Note that the "area" here refers to an area in a plane horizontal to the surface of the transparent substrate.
また、緑色色変換部の面積が、赤色色変換部および青色色変換部の各々の面積よ りも大きいことは、光学顕微鏡観察等により確認することができる。 Further, it can be confirmed by observation with an optical microscope or the like that the area of the green color conversion unit is larger than the areas of the red color conversion unit and the blue color conversion unit.
[0129] また本実施態様においては、上述したように、赤色色変換部および青色色変換部 が形成されてレ、てもよく形成されてレ、なくてもょレ、。 In this embodiment, as described above, the red color conversion portion and the blue color conversion portion may be formed or may be formed or not.
[0130] 赤色色変換部および青色色変換部が形成されている場合は、例えば図 7に示すよ うに赤色色変換部 3Rおよび青色色変換部 3Bが赤色着色部 2R上および青色着色 部 2B上の一部にそれぞれ形成されていることにより、緑色色変換部の面積を赤色色 変換部および青色色変換部の各々の面積よりも大きくすることができる。この場合、 赤色色変換部および青色色変換部の形成位置としては各着色部上の一部であれば 特に限定されるものではなぐ例えば各着色部の中心に赤色色変換部や青色色変 換部が形成されていてもよぐ各着色部上に赤色色変換部や青色色変換部が片寄 つて形成されていてもよい。 [0130] When the red color conversion portion and the blue color conversion portion are formed, for example, as shown in FIG. 7, the red color conversion portion 3R and the blue color conversion portion 3B are on the red color portion 2R and the blue color portion 2B. As a result, the area of the green color conversion unit can be made larger than the areas of the red color conversion unit and the blue color conversion unit. In this case, the formation position of the red color conversion part and the blue color conversion part is not particularly limited as long as it is a part on each coloring part. For example, the red color conversion part or the blue color conversion is provided at the center of each coloring part. A red color conversion portion or a blue color conversion portion may be formed on each colored portion, which may be formed with a portion.
[0131] また、赤色色変換部および青色色変換部が形成されていない場合は、各着色部上 に入射光を透過する透過部がそれぞれ形成されていてもよい。この透過部は、赤色 着色部上に形成されている場合は赤色光を透過するものであり、青色着色部上に形 成されてレ、る場合は青色光を透過するものである。 [0131] When the red color conversion portion and the blue color conversion portion are not formed, a transmission portion that transmits incident light may be formed on each colored portion. This transmissive part transmits red light when formed on the red colored part, and transmits blue light when formed on the blue colored part.
[0132] 本実施態様においては、例えば図 9に示すように赤色着色部 2R上に緑色色変換 部 3Gが形成されていてもよい。緑色色変換部 3Gから発せられた緑色光のうちほとん どは、赤色着色部 2Rを透過することができなレ、が、緑色光の長波長側の成分は赤色 光の短波長側の成分として赤色着色部 2Rを透過することができ、色相を調整するこ とができるからである。 In this embodiment, for example, as shown in FIG. 9, a green color conversion unit 3G may be formed on the red coloring unit 2R. Most of the green light emitted from the green color conversion part 3G cannot pass through the red coloring part 2R, but the long wavelength component of the green light is red. This is because the red colored portion 2R can be transmitted as a component on the short wavelength side of light, and the hue can be adjusted.
[0133] したがって、赤色着色部上には、赤色色変換部が形成されていてもよぐ緑色色変 換部が形成されていてもよぐ赤色色変換部および緑色色変換部の両方が形成され てレ、てもよく、赤色色変換部および緑色色変換部のレ、ずれもが形成されてレ、なくても よい。 [0133] Therefore, on the red colored portion, both the red color conversion portion and the green color conversion portion may be formed, regardless of whether the red color conversion portion is formed or the green color conversion portion is formed. It is also possible that the red color conversion unit and the green color conversion unit have a misalignment or misalignment.
[0134] 本実施態様に用いられる緑色色変換部は、入射光を吸収して緑色の蛍光を発する 緑色変換蛍光体が樹脂中に分散または溶解されたものである。 [0134] The green color conversion section used in this embodiment is obtained by dispersing or dissolving a green conversion phosphor that absorbs incident light and emits green fluorescence.
[0135] 緑色変換蛍光体の具体例としては、 2, 3, 5, 6 - 1H, 4H—テトラヒドロ一 8 _トリフ ルォロメチルキノリジノ(9, 9a, l _gh)クマリン、 3_ (2' _ベンゾチアゾリル) _ 7_ ジェチルァミノクマリン、もしくは 3_ (2' _ベンズイミダゾリル) - 7-N, N—ジェチル アミノクマリン等のクマリン色素;ベーシックイェロー 51等のクマリン色素系染料;ソル ベントイェロー 11、もしくはソルベントイェロー 116等のナフタルイミド系色素; ZnS :T b等の ZnS系蛍光体などの蛍光色素、あるいは、黄緑顔料 (例えばシンヒロイネ土製 F A005 (商品名))などの蛍光顔料を例示することができる。 [0135] Specific examples of green-converting phosphors include 2, 3, 5, 6-1H, 4H-tetrahydro-8_trifluoromethylquinolizino (9, 9a, l_gh) coumarin, 3_ (2 ' _Benzothiazolyl) _ 7_ Jetylaminocoumarin, or 3_ (2 'Benzimidazolyl)-7-N, N-Jetyl Coumarin dyes such as aminocoumarin; Coumarin dyes such as Basic Yellow 51; Solvent Yellow 11, Or a naphthalimide dye such as Solvent Yellow 116; a fluorescent dye such as a ZnS phosphor such as ZnS: Tb; or a fluorescent pigment such as a yellow-green pigment (for example, F A005 (trade name) manufactured by Sinheroine Earth) Can do.
[0136] また、緑色変換蛍光体は、上記蛍光色素を、例えばポリメタクリル酸エステル、ポリ 塩化ビュル、塩化ビュル 酢酸ビュル共重合樹脂、アルキッド樹脂、芳香族スルホン アミド榭脂、ユリア樹脂、メラミン樹脂、ベンゾグアナミン樹脂およびこれらの樹脂混合 物などに予め練り込んで顔料ィ匕した蛍光顔料であってもよい。 [0136] In addition, the green color conversion phosphor is obtained by combining the above-mentioned fluorescent dye with, for example, polymethacrylic acid ester, polychlorinated butyl, chlorinated chloracetic acid butyl copolymer resin, alkyd resin, aromatic sulfonamide rosin, urea resin, melamine resin, A fluorescent pigment kneaded in advance in a benzoguanamine resin or a mixture of these resins may also be used.
[0137] 上記蛍光色素および蛍光顔料は、単独で用いてもよぐ蛍光の色相を調整するた めに 2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもょレ、。 [0137] The above fluorescent dyes and fluorescent pigments may be used alone or in combination of two or more in order to adjust the hue of fluorescence.
[0138] なお、緑色色変換部に用いられる樹脂、および、緑色色変換部中の樹脂と緑色変 換蛍光体との割合については、上記第 1実施態様に記載したものと同様であるので、 ここでの説明は省略する。 [0138] The resin used in the green color conversion section and the ratio of the resin in the green color conversion section and the green color conversion phosphor are the same as those described in the first embodiment. The description here is omitted.
[0139] また、緑色色変換部の厚みは、 1 μ m〜10 x m程度に設定することができる。中で も、上述したように赤色着色部の厚みと、緑色着色部および緑色色変換部を合わせ た厚みと、青色着色部の厚みとの差が所定の範囲となるような厚みであり、さらに緑 色着色部および緑色色変換部を合わせた厚みが所定の範囲となるような厚みである ことが好ましい。具体的には緑色着色部の厚みによって異なるものではある力 S、緑色 色変換部の厚みが 1. 5 /i m〜5 /i mの範囲内であることが好ましぐより好ましくは 1 . 8 /i m〜2. 5 /i mの範囲内である。 [0139] The thickness of the green color conversion section can be set to about 1 μm to 10 xm. Among them, as described above, the thickness of the red colored portion, the thickness of the combined green colored portion and the green color converting portion, and the thickness of the blue colored portion are within a predetermined range. The thickness is such that the combined thickness of the green colored portion and the green color converting portion is within a predetermined range. It is preferable. Specifically, the force S, which varies depending on the thickness of the green coloring portion, and the thickness of the green color conversion portion is preferably in the range of 1.5 / im to 5 / im, more preferably 1.8 / It is in the range of im ~ 2.5 / im.
[0140] 上記の厚みの差や、緑色着色部および緑色色変換部を合わせた厚みを所定の範 囲とするために緑色色変換部の厚みを比較的薄く設定する場合には、例えば緑色 色変換部中の緑色変換蛍光体の含有量を増やすことにより、色変換効率を低下させ ずに緑色色変換部の厚みを薄くすることができる。し力、しながら、緑色色変換部中の 緑色変換蛍光体の含有量が多すぎると濃度消光が生じる場合がある。したがって、 緑色色変換部中の緑色変換蛍光体の含有量を増やして緑色色変換部の厚みを薄く する場合は、濃度消光を考慮して厚みが適宜選択される。 [0140] In the case where the thickness of the green color conversion portion is set to be relatively thin in order to make the above-described thickness difference or the total thickness of the green color portion and the green color conversion portion within a predetermined range, for example, the green color By increasing the content of the green conversion phosphor in the conversion part, the thickness of the green color conversion part can be reduced without reducing the color conversion efficiency. However, if the content of the green conversion phosphor in the green color conversion part is too large, concentration quenching may occur. Therefore, when the content of the green color conversion phosphor in the green color conversion part is increased to reduce the thickness of the green color conversion part, the thickness is appropriately selected in consideration of concentration quenching.
[0141] 本実施態様にぉレ、て赤色色変換部が形成されてレ、る場合、この赤色色変換部は、 入射光を吸収して赤色の蛍光を発する赤色変換蛍光体が樹脂中に分散または溶解 されたものである。 [0141] In this embodiment, when the red color conversion portion is formed, the red color conversion portion absorbs incident light and emits red fluorescence in the resin. Dispersed or dissolved.
[0142] 赤色変換蛍光体の具体例としては、 4ージシァノメチレン 2—メチルー 6 (p ジ メチルアミノスチリル) 4H ピラン等のシァニン系色素、 1—ェチル - 2- [4— (p— ジメチルァミノフエニル) 1 , 3—ブタジェニル] ピリジゥム パーク口レート等のピ リジン系色素;ローダミン B、もしくはローダミン 6G等のローダミン系色素;ォキサジン 系色素; ZnS : Mn、 ZnS : Mn/ZnMgS等の ZnS系蛍光体などの蛍光色素、あるい は、オレンジ顔料 (例えばシンヒロイネ土製 FA001 (商品名))などの蛍光顔料等を例 示すること力 Sできる。 [0142] Specific examples of red-converting phosphors include 4-dicyanomethylene 2-methyl-6 (p-dimethylaminostyryl) 4H pyran and other cyanine dyes such as 1-ethyl-2- [4— (p— Dimethylaminophenyl) 1,3-Butagenyl] Pyridine dyes such as pyridinium park mouthrate; Rhodamine dyes such as rhodamine B or rhodamine 6G; Oxazine dyes; ZnS: Mn, ZnS: ZnS: Mn / ZnMgS, etc. Illustrative examples include fluorescent pigments such as phosphors, or fluorescent pigments such as orange pigments (for example, FA001 (trade name) manufactured by Sinhiroine Earth).
[0143] また、赤色変換蛍光体は、上記蛍光色素を、例えばポリメタクリル酸エステル、ポリ 塩化ビニル、塩化ビニルー酢酸ビニル共重合樹脂、アルキッド樹脂、芳香族スルホン アミド樹脂、ユリア樹脂、メラミン樹脂、ベンゾグアナミン樹脂およびこれらの樹脂混合 物などに予め練り込んで顔料ィ匕した蛍光顔料であってもよい。 [0143] In addition, the red-converted phosphor is obtained by combining the fluorescent dye with, for example, polymethacrylic acid ester, polyvinyl chloride, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer resin, alkyd resin, aromatic sulfonamide resin, urea resin, melamine resin, benzoguanamine. A fluorescent pigment kneaded in advance in a resin or a mixture of these resins may also be used.
[0144] 上記蛍光色素および蛍光顔料は、単独で用いてもよぐ蛍光の色相を調整するた めに 2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもょレ、。 [0144] The fluorescent dyes and fluorescent pigments may be used alone or in combination of two or more in order to adjust the hue of fluorescence.
[0145] なお、赤色色変換部に用いられる樹脂については、上述した緑色色変換部に用い られる樹脂と同様である。また、赤色色変換部中の樹脂と赤色変換蛍光体との割合 については、上記緑色色変換部の場合と同様である。 [0145] The resin used in the red color conversion unit is the same as the resin used in the green color conversion unit described above. Also, the ratio of the resin in the red color conversion part and the red conversion phosphor Is the same as in the case of the green color conversion unit.
[0146] 赤色色変換部および青色色変換部の厚みは、上記緑色色変換部の厚みと同程度 であることが好ましい。 [0146] The red color conversion part and the blue color conversion part preferably have the same thickness as the green color conversion part.
[0147] さらに、透過部が形成されている場合、この透過部は、赤色着色部上に形成されて レ、る場合は赤色光を透過するものであり、青色着色部上に形成されている場合は青 色光を透過するものであれば特に限定されるものではなぐ例えば色変換蛍光体を 含まず、上述した樹脂からなるものとすることができる。 [0147] Further, when a transmissive part is formed, this transmissive part is formed on the red colored part, and in this case, it transmits red light, and is formed on the blue colored part. The case is not particularly limited as long as it transmits blue light. For example, it does not include a color conversion phosphor and can be made of the above-described resin.
[0148] 色変換層の形成方法としては、例えば上記各色変換蛍光体および樹脂を必要に 応じて溶剤、希釈剤もしくは適宜な添加剤と共に混合して、各色変換部形成用塗工 液を調製し、この各色変換部形成用塗工液を用いてフォトリソグラフィ法によってパタ 一二ングする方法、あるいは、上記の各色変換部形成用塗工液を用いて印刷法によ りパターニングする方法が用いられる。 [0148] As a method for forming a color conversion layer, for example, each color conversion phosphor and resin are mixed with a solvent, a diluent or an appropriate additive as necessary to prepare each color conversion part forming coating solution. In addition, a method of patterning by a photolithography method using the coating solution for forming each color conversion portion, or a method for patterning by a printing method using the coating solution for forming each color conversion portion is used. .
[0149] 2.着色層 [0149] 2. Colored layer
本実施態様に用いられる着色層は、透明基材上にパターン状に形成され、赤色着 色部、緑色着色部および青色着色部を有するものである。 The colored layer used in this embodiment is formed in a pattern on a transparent substrate, and has a red colored portion, a green colored portion, and a blue colored portion.
[0150] 緑色着色部の厚みとしては、上述したように赤色着色部の厚みと、緑色着色部およ び緑色色変換部を合わせた厚みと、青色着色部の厚みとの差が所定の範囲となるよ うな厚みであり、さらに緑色着色部および緑色色変換部を合わせた厚みが所定の範 囲となるような厚みであることが好ましい。具体的には緑色色変換部の厚みによって 異なるものではあるが、緑色着色部の厚みが 1 μ m〜3 μ m程度であることが好ましく 、より好ましくは 1 · 2 111〜2 /1 111の範囲内でぁり、最も好ましくは1. 5 μ ΐη〜1. 8 μ mの範囲内である。 [0150] As described above, the thickness of the red colored portion, the thickness of the combined green colored portion and the green color converting portion, and the thickness of the blue colored portion are within a predetermined range as described above. It is preferable that the thickness is such that the combined thickness of the green coloring portion and the green color conversion portion falls within a predetermined range. Specifically, although it varies depending on the thickness of the green color conversion portion, the thickness of the green coloring portion is preferably about 1 μm to 3 μm, more preferably 1 · 2 111 to 2/1 111 It is within the range, and most preferably within the range of 1.5 μΐη to 1.8 μm.
[0151] なお、赤色着色部および青色着色部の厚みについては、上述した通りである。 [0151] The thicknesses of the red colored portion and the blue colored portion are as described above.
[0152] 上記の厚みの差や、各着色部の厚みを所定の範囲とするためには、例えば各着色 部中の着色剤の含有量を調整すればょレ、。 [0152] In order to set the difference in thickness and the thickness of each colored portion within a predetermined range, for example, the content of the colorant in each colored portion is adjusted.
[0153] なお、着色層のその他の点については、上記第 1実施態様に記載したものと同様 であるので、ここでの説明は省略する。 [0153] Note that other aspects of the colored layer are the same as those described in the first embodiment, and thus the description thereof is omitted here.
[0154] 3.平坦化層 本実施態様にぉレ、ては、色変換層上に平坦化層が形成されてレ、てもよレ、。 [0154] 3. Planarization layer In this embodiment, a flattening layer is formed on the color conversion layer.
なお、平坦化層の形成材料および形成方法については、上記第 1実施態様に記 載したものと同様であるので、ここでの説明は省略する。 Note that the material and method for forming the planarizing layer are the same as those described in the first embodiment, and a description thereof will be omitted here.
この平坦ィ匕層の厚みは、例えば:!〜 5 μ m程度とすることができる。 The thickness of the flat layer can be, for example, about:! To 5 μm.
[0155] 4.ガスバリア層 [0155] 4. Gas barrier layer
本実施態様にぉレ、ては、色変換層上にガスバリア層が形成されてレ、てもよレ、。 ガスバリア層の厚みとしては、特に限定されるものではなぐ用いる基材ゃガスバリ ァ層に用いられる材料の種類、あるいはガスバリア層が単層であるか多層であるかに よって異なるものであり一概に規定できなレ、が、通常、ガスバリア層全体で 50nm〜2 μ m程度である。ガスバリア層の厚みが薄すぎるとガスバリア性が不十分となる可能 性があり、またガスノ リア層の厚みが厚すぎると薄膜の膜応力によるクラック等の現象 が生じ易いからである。 In this embodiment, a gas barrier layer is formed on the color conversion layer. The thickness of the gas barrier layer is not particularly limited, and differs depending on the type of material used for the gas barrier layer and whether the gas barrier layer is a single layer or a multilayer. However, it is usually about 50 nm to 2 μm for the entire gas barrier layer. This is because if the thickness of the gas barrier layer is too thin, the gas barrier property may be insufficient, and if the thickness of the gas barrier layer is too thick, a phenomenon such as a crack due to the film stress of the thin film is likely to occur.
[0156] なお、ガスバリア層のその他の点については、上記第 1実施態様に記載したものと 同様であるので、ここでの説明は省略する。 [0156] The other points of the gas barrier layer are the same as those described in the first embodiment, and a description thereof will be omitted here.
[0157] 5.有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板の製造方法 [0157] 5. Manufacturing method of color filter substrate for organic EL element
以下、本実施態様の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板の製造方法の一例につい て説明する。 Hereinafter, an example of the manufacturing method of the color filter substrate for the organic EL element of this embodiment will be described.
まず、透明基材上の全面に、クロム等の金属または酸化クロム等の金属酸化物を蒸 着し、フォトリソグラフィ法を用いてパターエングすることによりブラックマトリクスを形成 する。次に、ブラックマトリクスが形成された透明基材上に、赤色着色剤をバインダ樹 脂に分散または溶解させた赤色着色部形成用塗工液を塗布し、フォトリソグラフィ法 を用いてパターユングすることにより赤色着色部を形成する。同様の手順により緑色 着色部および青色着色部を形成する。この際、各着色部は、それぞれの厚みが所定 の範囲となるように形成する。 First, a black matrix is formed by depositing a metal such as chromium or a metal oxide such as chromium oxide on the entire surface of a transparent substrate and patterning it using a photolithography method. Next, on the transparent substrate on which the black matrix is formed, a coating solution for forming a red colored portion in which a red colorant is dispersed or dissolved in a binder resin is applied and patterned using a photolithography method. To form a red colored portion. A green colored portion and a blue colored portion are formed by the same procedure. At this time, each colored portion is formed so that its thickness falls within a predetermined range.
次いで、緑色着色部上に、緑色変換蛍光体を樹脂に分散または溶解させた緑色 色変換部形成用塗工液を塗布し、フォトリソグラフィ法を用いてパターユングすること により緑色色変換部を形成する。この際、緑色色変換部は、赤色着色部の厚みと、 緑色着色部および緑色色変換部を合わせた厚みと、青色着色部の厚みとが所定の 範囲となるように形成する。 Next, a green color conversion part is formed by applying a coating liquid for forming a green color conversion part in which a green conversion phosphor is dispersed or dissolved in a resin and patterning using a photolithography method. To do. At this time, the green color conversion portion has a predetermined thickness of the red color portion, a thickness of the green color portion and the green color conversion portion, and a thickness of the blue color portion. It forms so that it may become a range.
そして、必要に応じて、緑色色変換部および各着色部を覆うように平坦ィ匕層を形成 する。 Then, if necessary, a flat layer is formed so as to cover the green color conversion portion and each coloring portion.
このようにして有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板を作製することができる。 In this way, a color filter substrate for an organic EL element can be produced.
[0158] B.有機 EL表示装置 [0158] B. Organic EL display
次に、本発明の有機 EL表示装置について説明する。本発明の有機 EL表示装置 は、上述した有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板と、上記有機 EL素子用カラーフィル タ基板の色変換層側表面上に形成された透明電極層と、上記透明電極層上に形成 され、少なくとも発光層を含む有機 EL層と、上記有機 EL層上に形成された対向電 極層とを有することを特徴とするものである。 Next, the organic EL display device of the present invention will be described. The organic EL display device of the present invention includes the above-described organic EL element color filter substrate, the transparent electrode layer formed on the color conversion layer side surface of the organic EL element color filter substrate, and the transparent electrode layer. And an organic EL layer including at least a light emitting layer and a counter electrode layer formed on the organic EL layer.
[0159] 本発明の有機 EL表示装置は、上述した有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板を用い るので、色変換層中で散乱して漏れた光を効率良く取り出すことができ、輝度を向上 させることが可能である。 [0159] Since the organic EL display device of the present invention uses the above-described color filter substrate for organic EL elements, light scattered and leaked in the color conversion layer can be efficiently extracted, and luminance can be improved. Is possible.
[0160] 図 6に、本発明の有機 EL表示装置の一例を示す概略断面図を示す。図 6におい て、有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板 10は、透明基材 1上に、三原色の着色部 2R、 2G、 2Bから構成される着色層と、緑色着色部 2G上に形成された緑色色変換部 3G を有する色変換層とが形成され、各着色部 2R、 2G、 2Bの間に遮光部 4が形成され ており、着色層および色変換層を覆うように平坦ィヒ層 5が形成され、その上にガスバリ ァ層 6が形成されたものである。また、赤色着色部 2Rおよび青色着色部 2B上には入 射光を透過する透過部 3 および がそれぞれ形成されている。本発明の有機 E L表示装置 20においては、この有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板 10のガスバリア層 6の上に、透明電極層 11、発光層を含む有機 EL層 12、および対向電極層 13が形 成されており、ガスバリア層 6上の透明電極層 11の間に絶縁層 14が形成され、その 上に隔壁部(力ソードセパレータ) 15が形成されている。 FIG. 6 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the organic EL display device of the present invention. In FIG. 6, the color filter substrate 10 for an organic EL element is formed on a transparent substrate 1, a colored layer composed of colored portions 2R, 2G, and 2B of the three primary colors and a green color formed on the green colored portion 2G. A color conversion layer having a conversion portion 3G is formed, a light shielding portion 4 is formed between the coloring portions 2R, 2G, and 2B, and a flat layer 5 is formed so as to cover the coloring layer and the color conversion layer. The gas barrier layer 6 is formed thereon. Further, on the red colored portion 2R and the blue colored portion 2B, there are formed transmitting portions 3 and for transmitting incident light, respectively. In the organic EL display device 20 of the present invention, the transparent electrode layer 11, the organic EL layer 12 including the light emitting layer, and the counter electrode layer 13 are formed on the gas barrier layer 6 of the color filter substrate 10 for the organic EL element. An insulating layer 14 is formed between the transparent electrode layers 11 on the gas barrier layer 6, and a partition wall portion (forced sword separator) 15 is formed thereon.
[0161] 図 10に、本発明の有機 EL表示装置の他の例を示す概略断面図を示す。図 10に おいて、有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板 10は、透明基材 1上に、三原色の着色部 2R、 2G、 2Bを有する着色層と、緑色着色部 2Gに対応する緑色色変換部 3Gを有す る色変換層とが形成され、各着色部 2R、 2G、 2Bの間に遮光部 4が形成されており、 着色層および色変換層を覆うように平坦ィ匕層 5が形成され、その上にガスバリア層 6 が形成されたものである。本発明の有機 EL表示装置 20においては、この有機 EL素 子用カラーフィルタ基板 10のガスバリア層 6の上に、透明電極層 11、白色発光層を 含む有機 EL層 12、および対向電極層 13が形成されており、ガスバリア層 6上の透 明電極層 11の間に絶縁層 14が形成され、その上に隔壁部(力ソードセパレータ) 15 が形成されている。 FIG. 10 is a schematic sectional view showing another example of the organic EL display device of the present invention. In FIG. 10, the color filter substrate 10 for the organic EL element includes a colored layer having three primary colored portions 2R, 2G, and 2B on a transparent substrate 1, and a green color converting portion 3G corresponding to the green colored portion 2G. A color conversion layer having a light shielding portion 4 is formed between the colored portions 2R, 2G, and 2B. A flat layer 5 is formed so as to cover the coloring layer and the color conversion layer, and a gas barrier layer 6 is formed thereon. In the organic EL display device 20 of the present invention, the transparent electrode layer 11, the organic EL layer 12 including the white light emitting layer, and the counter electrode layer 13 are provided on the gas barrier layer 6 of the color filter substrate 10 for the organic EL element. The insulating layer 14 is formed between the transparent electrode layers 11 on the gas barrier layer 6, and the partition wall portion (forced sword separator) 15 is formed thereon.
[0162] 本発明の有機 EL表示装置が白色発光する白色発光層を有する場合には、例えば 図 6に示すように緑色色変換部を緑色着色部上に部分的に形成することにより、良好 な緑色表示を得ることができ、緑色光の輝度を向上させることができる。またこの場合 、例えば図 10に示すように緑色色変換部の面積を赤色色変換部および青色色変換 部の各々の面積よりも大きくすることにより、緑色光の成分を多くすることができる。し たがって、本発明の有機 EL表示装置は、白色発光する白色発光層を有する場合で あっても、上述した有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板を用いるので、三原色の色特 性のバランスに優れるという利点を有する。 [0162] When the organic EL display device of the present invention has a white light emitting layer that emits white light, for example, as shown in FIG. A green display can be obtained and the luminance of green light can be improved. In this case, for example, as shown in FIG. 10, the green light component can be increased by making the area of the green color conversion unit larger than the areas of the red color conversion unit and the blue color conversion unit. Therefore, the organic EL display device of the present invention uses the above-described color filter substrate for the organic EL element even when it has a white light emitting layer that emits white light, and therefore has an excellent balance of the color characteristics of the three primary colors. Have advantages.
以下、本発明の有機 EL表示装置の各構成について説明する。 Hereinafter, each configuration of the organic EL display device of the present invention will be described.
[0163] 1.有機 EL層 [0163] 1. Organic EL layer
本発明に用いられる有機 EL層は、少なくとも発光層を含む 1層もしくは複数層の有 機層力 構成されるものである。すなわち、有機 EL層とは、少なくとも発光層を含む 層であり、その層構成が有機層 1層以上の層をいう。通常、塗布による湿式法で有機 EL層を形成する場合は、溶媒との関係で多数の層を積層することが困難であること から、 1層もしくは 2層の有機層で形成される場合が多いが、溶媒への溶解性が異な るように有機材料を工夫したり、真空蒸着法を組み合わせたりすることにより、さらに 多数層とすることも可能である。 The organic EL layer used in the present invention is composed of one or more organic layers including at least a light emitting layer. That is, the organic EL layer is a layer including at least a light-emitting layer, and the layer structure is a layer having one or more organic layers. Normally, when an organic EL layer is formed by a wet method by coating, it is often difficult to stack a large number of layers in relation to the solvent, so it is often formed with one or two organic layers. However, it is possible to further increase the number of layers by devising organic materials so that their solubility in solvents is different or by combining vacuum deposition methods.
[0164] 発光層以外に有機 EL層内に形成される有機層としては、正孔注入層や電子注入 層といった電荷注入層を挙げることができる。さらに、その他の有機層としては、発光 層に正孔を輸送する正孔輸送層、発光層に電子を輸送する電子輸送層といった電 荷輸送層を挙げることができるが、通常これらは上記電荷注入層に電荷輸送の機能 を付与することにより、電荷注入層と一体化されて形成される場合が多い。その他、 有機 EL層内に形成される有機層としては、キャリアブロック層のような正孔あるいは 電子の突き抜けを防止し、さらに励起子の拡散を防止して発光層内に励起子を閉じ 込めることにより、再結合効率を高めるための層等を挙げることができる。 [0164] Examples of the organic layer formed in the organic EL layer other than the light emitting layer include a charge injection layer such as a hole injection layer and an electron injection layer. In addition, examples of other organic layers include a charge transport layer such as a hole transport layer that transports holes to the light-emitting layer and an electron transport layer that transports electrons to the light-emitting layer. In many cases, the layer is formed integrally with the charge injection layer by imparting a charge transport function to the layer. Other, As an organic layer formed in the organic EL layer, it prevents holes or electrons from penetrating like the carrier block layer, and further prevents diffusion of excitons and confines excitons in the light emitting layer. Examples include a layer for increasing the recombination efficiency.
以下、このような有機 EL層の各構成について説明する。 Hereinafter, each configuration of the organic EL layer will be described.
[0165] (1)発光層 [0165] (1) Light emitting layer
本発明に用レ、られる発光層は、電子と正孔との再結合の場を提供して発光する機 能を有するものである。この発光層としては、白色発光する白色発光層であってもよく 、青色発光する青色発光層であってもよい。 The light emitting layer used in the present invention has a function of emitting light by providing a recombination field between electrons and holes. The light emitting layer may be a white light emitting layer that emits white light or a blue light emitting layer that emits blue light.
[0166] 青色発光層は、通常、青色を発光する青色発光体を含有するものである。青色発 光体としては、一般的なものを用いることができる。例えば、特開平 7— 122364号公 報、特開平 8— 134440号公報に開示されている、 SrGa S : Ce、 CaGa S : Ce、 B [0166] The blue light emitting layer usually contains a blue light emitting material that emits blue light. A general thing can be used as a blue light-emitting body. For example, SrGa S: Ce, CaGa S: Ce, B, which are disclosed in JP-A-7-122364 and JP-A-8-134440.
2 4 2 4 aAl S : Euなどのチォガレードまたはチォアルミネート系の色純度に優れる青色発 2 4 2 4 aAl S : Blue color with excellent color purity of thiogalade or thioaluminate such as Eu
2 4 twenty four
光体が好ましく用いられる。また、青色発光体の具体例としては、特開平 8— 27939 4号公報に例示されている、ベンゾチアゾール系、ベンゾイミダゾール系、ベンゾォキ サゾール系等の蛍光増白剤、特開昭 63— 295695号公報に開示されている金属キ レートィ匕ォキシノイド化合物、欧州特許第 0319881号明細書や欧州特許第 03735 82号明細書に開示されているスチリルベンゼン系化合物、特開平 2— 252793号公 報に開示されているジスチリルビラジン誘導体、もしくは欧州特許第 0388768号明 細書ゃ特開平 3— 231970号公報に開示されている芳香族ジメチリディン系化合等 物を例示することができる。 A light body is preferably used. Specific examples of the blue luminescent material include fluorescent whitening agents such as benzothiazole, benzimidazole, and benzoxazole exemplified in JP-A-8-279394, JP-A-63-295695. Metal chelate dioxinoid compounds disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publications, styrylbenzene compounds disclosed in European Patent No. 0319881 and European Patent No. 0373582, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2-252793 Examples thereof include the distyrylvirazine derivatives that have been disclosed, or the aromatic dimethylidin compounds disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 3-231970.
[0167] 上記べンゾチアゾール系の蛍光増白剤としては、例えば 2— 2'—(p—フエ二レンジ ビニレン)一ビスべンゾチアゾール等が挙げられる。上記べンゾイミダゾール系の蛍 光増白剤としては、例えば 2_ [2— [4— (2—ベンゾイミダゾリル)フエニル]ビュル] ベンゾイミダゾール、もしくは 2_ [2— (4—カルボキシフエニル)ビュル]ベンゾイミダ ゾール等が挙げられる。上記べンゾォキサゾール系の蛍光増白剤としては、例えば 2 , 5_ビス(5, 7_ジ一 t—ペンチル _ 2_ベンゾォキサゾリル) _ 1, 3, 4—チアジア ゾール、 4, 4' _ビス(5, 7_t—ペンチル _ 2_ベンゾォキサゾリル)スチルベン、も しくは 2 _ [2 _ (4—クロ口フエニル)ビュル]ナフト [ 1, 2 _ d]ォキサゾール等が挙げ られる。 [0167] Examples of the benzothiazole fluorescent whitening agent include 2-2 '-(p-phenylene divinylene) monobisbenzothiazole. Examples of the benzoimidazole-based fluorescent brightener include 2_ [2- [4 -— (2-benzimidazolyl) phenyl] bulu] benzimidazole or 2_ [2- (4-carboxyphenyl) bulu] benzimidazole. Sol and the like. Examples of the above-mentioned benzoxazole-based optical brightener include 2,5_bis (5,7_di-tert-pentyl_2_benzoxazolyl) _1,3,4-thiadiazole, 4,4 '_Bis (5,7_t-pentyl_2_benzoxazolyl) stilbene or 2_ [2_ (4-cyclophenyl) bulu] naphtho [1,2_d] oxazole It is done.
[0168] また、上記金属キレートィ匕ォキシノイド化合物としては、例えばトリス(8 キノリノ一 ノレ)アルミニウム、ビス(8—キノリノール)マグネシウム、ビス(ベンゾ [f]— 8—キノリノ ール)亜鉛等の 8—ヒドロキシキノリン系金属錯体、もしくはジリチウムェピントリジオン 等が挙げられる。上記スチリルベンゼン系化合物としては、例えば 1, 4_ビス(2—メ チルスチリル)ベンゼン、 1, 4_ビス(3—メチルスチリル)ベンゼン、 1 , 4_ビス(4— メチルスチリル)ベンゼン、ジスチリルベンゼン、 1 , 4 _ビス(2—ェチルスチリル)ベン ゼン、 1, 4_ビス(3—ェチルスチリル)ベンゼン、 1, 4 _ビス(2 メチルスチリル)一 2 メチルベンゼン、もしくは 1 , 4 _ビス(2 メチルスチリル) _ 2_ェチルベンゼン 等を例示することができる。 [0168] Further, examples of the metal chelate oxinoid compound include 8- (triquinone) -tris (8-quinolinol) aluminum, bis (8-quinolinol) magnesium, bis (benzo [f] -8-quinolinol) zinc, etc. Examples thereof include hydroxyquinoline metal complexes and dilithium pintridione. Examples of the styrylbenzene compounds include 1,4_bis (2-methylstyryl) benzene, 1,4_bis (3-methylstyryl) benzene, 1,4_bis (4-methylstyryl) benzene, and distyryl. Benzene, 1,4_bis (2-ethylstyryl) benzene, 1,4_bis (3-ethylstyryl) benzene, 1,4_bis (2 methylstyryl) 1-2 methylbenzene, or 1,4_bis (2 Methyl styryl) _ 2_ethylbenzene and the like.
[0169] さらに、上記ジスチリルビラジン誘導体としては、例えば 2, 5_ビス(4 メチルスチ リル)ピラジン、 2, 5 _ビス(4—ェチルスチリル)ピラジン、 2, 5 _ビス [2— (1—ナフ チル))ビエル]ピラジン、 2, 5 ビス(4—メトキシスチリル)ピラジン、 2, 5 ビス [2— (4—ビフエニル)ビニル]ピラジン、もしくは 2, 5—ビス [2— (1—ピレニル)ビニル]ピ ラジン等、またはそれらの誘導体が挙げられる。上記芳香族ジメチリディン系化合物 としては、例えば 1, 4 フエ二レンジメチリディン、 4, 4 フエ二レンジメチリディン、 2 メチリディン、 1 , 4— p テレフエ二レンジメチリディン、 9, 10—アントラセンジィルジ ノレメチリディン、 4, 4'—ビス(2, 2—ジ一 t ブチルフエ二ルビニル)ビフエニル、もし くは 4, 4 '—ビス(2, 2 ジフエ二ルビニル)ビフエ二ル等、またはそれらの誘導体を 例示することができる。 [0169] Furthermore, examples of the distyrylvirazine derivative include 2,5_bis (4 methylstyryl) pyrazine, 2,5_bis (4-ethylylstyryl) pyrazine, 2,5_bis [2- (1— Naphthyl)) bier] pyrazine, 2,5 bis (4-methoxystyryl) pyrazine, 2,5 bis [2- (4-biphenyl) vinyl] pyrazine, or 2,5-bis [2- (1-pyrenyl) Vinyl] pyrazine and the like, or derivatives thereof. Examples of the aromatic dimethylidin compounds include 1,4 phenylene range methylidin, 4,4 phenylene range methylidin, 2 methylidin, 1,4-p-terephedylene range methylidin, 9,10-anthracene. Gilles Noremelidin, 4,4'-bis (2,2-di-tert-butylphenylvinyl) biphenyl, or 4,4'-bis (2,2diphenylvinyl) biphenyl, etc., or their derivatives Can be illustrated.
[0170] 上記青色発光体の具体例としては、特開平 5— 258862号公報等に開示されてい る一般式 (Rs_Q) —AL— 0— Lで表される化合物を例示することもできる。ここで、 [0170] Specific examples of the blue luminescent material include compounds represented by the general formula (Rs_Q) -AL-0-L disclosed in JP-A-5-258862. here,
2 2
一般式中、 Lはベンゼン環を含む炭素原子 6〜24個の炭化水素であり、〇_Lはフエ 二ラート配位子であり、 Qは置換 8 _キノリノラート配位子であり、 Rsはアルミニウム原 子に置換 8 _キノリノラート配位子が 2個以上結合するのを立体的に妨害するように 選ばれた 8 _キノリノラート環置換基を表す。具体的には、ビス(2 メチノレ _ 8 _キノ リノラート)(パラ一フエユルフェノラート)アルミニウム(111)、もしくはビス(2—メチル一 8—キノリノラート)(1 ナフトラート)アルミニウム(III)等を例示することができる。 In the general formula, L is a hydrocarbon having 6 to 24 carbon atoms including a benzene ring, _L is a phenolate ligand, Q is a substituted 8 _quinolinolato ligand, Rs is aluminum Represents an 8_quinolinolato ring substituent selected so as to sterically hinder the binding of two or more substituted 8-quinolinolato ligands to the atom. Specifically, bis (2 methylolene _ 8 _ quinolinolate) (para-phenol phenolate) aluminum (111) or bis (2-methyl Examples thereof include 8-quinolinolato) (1 naphtholato) aluminum (III) and the like.
[0171] また、白色発光層による白色発光は、複数の発光体からの発光の重ね合わせによ り得ること力 Sできる。本発明における白色発光層は、所定の蛍光ピーク波長を有する 2種類の発光体の二色発光の重ね合わせにより白色発光を得るものであってもよぐ また所定の蛍光ピーク波長を有する 3種類の発光体の三色発光の重ね合わせにより 白色発光を得るものであってもよレ、。中でも、白色発光層が、緑色光の成分が少ない 白色発光を示すものであることが好ましい。例えば緑色色変換部を緑色着色部上に 部分的に形成することにより、良好な緑色表示を得ることができ、緑色光の輝度を向 上させることができるので、三原色の色特性のバランスに優れる有機 EL表示装置と することが可能であるからである。 [0171] Further, white light emission by the white light emitting layer can be obtained by superimposing light emitted from a plurality of light emitters. The white light-emitting layer in the present invention may be one that obtains white light emission by superimposing two-color light emission of two kinds of light emitters having a predetermined fluorescence peak wavelength, and three kinds of light emission layers having a predetermined fluorescence peak wavelength. You can also obtain white light emission by superimposing the three-color light emission of the illuminant. Especially, it is preferable that a white light emitting layer shows white light emission with few green light components. For example, by forming the green color conversion part partially on the green coloring part, a good green display can be obtained and the brightness of the green light can be improved, so that the balance of the color characteristics of the three primary colors is excellent. This is because it can be an organic EL display device.
[0172] 本発明においては、白色発光層が、所定の蛍光ピーク波長を有する 2種類の発光 体の二色発光の重ね合わせにより白色発光を得る、いわゆる 2波長発光光源により 白色発光するものであることが好ましい。特に、白色発光層は、青色発光体と少量の 赤色発光体とを含有し、 2波長発光光源により白色発光するものであることが好まし レ、。このような白色発光層で得られる白色発光には緑色光の成分がほとんど含まれ ないが、上述したように例えば緑色色変換部を緑色着色部上に部分的に形成するこ とにより、良好な緑色表示を得ることができ、緑色光の輝度を向上させることができる ので、三原色の色特性のバランスに優れる有機 EL表示装置とすることが可能である からである。 [0172] In the present invention, the white light emitting layer emits white light by a so-called two-wavelength light source that obtains white light emission by superimposing two-color light emission of two kinds of light emitters having a predetermined fluorescence peak wavelength. It is preferable. In particular, the white light emitting layer preferably contains a blue light emitter and a small amount of a red light emitter and emits white light from a two-wavelength light source. The white light emission obtained by such a white light emitting layer contains almost no green light component. However, as described above, for example, by forming the green color conversion part partially on the green coloration part, the white light emission can be improved. This is because a green display can be obtained and the brightness of green light can be improved, so that an organic EL display device having an excellent balance of the color characteristics of the three primary colors can be obtained.
なお、ここでいう「2波長発光光源」には、完全な 2波長発光だけではなぐ主な発光 力 ¾波長である場合が含まれる。 Note that the “two-wavelength light source” here includes a case where the main light emission power is not the only two-wavelength light emission but the main light emission power.
[0173] 白色発光層に用いられる青色発光体は、蛍光ピーク波長が 380nm以上 480nm 未満であることが好ましぐより好ましくは 420nm以上 475nm未満である。このような 青色発光体としては、例えば特開平 3— 231970号公報、国際公開特許 WO92Z0 5131号公報または特開平 7— 26254号公報に記載されている化合物の中で、上記 の蛍光条件を満足するものが挙げられる。具体的には、特開平 6— 207170号公報 に記載されてレ、る化合物を挙げることができる。 [0173] The blue phosphor used for the white light-emitting layer preferably has a fluorescence peak wavelength of 380 nm or more and less than 480 nm, more preferably 420 nm or more and less than 475 nm. As such a blue light emitter, among the compounds described in, for example, JP-A-3-231970, International Publication No. WO92Z0 5131 or JP-A-7-26254, the above-described fluorescence condition is satisfied. Things. Specific examples include the compounds described in JP-A-6-207170.
[0174] また、白色発光層に用いられる赤色発光体は、蛍光ピーク波長が 575nm以上 650 nm以下であることが好ましぐより好ましくは 580nm以上 620nm以下である。このよ うな赤色発光体としては、例えばヨーロッパ公開特許第 0281381号公報に記載され ている赤色発進レーザー色素として用いられるジシァノメチレンピラン誘導体、ジシァ ノメチレンチォピラン誘導体、フルォレセイン誘導体、ペリレン誘導体などが挙げられ る。この赤色発光体の含有量は、濃度消光が生じない範囲とされる。 [0174] The red phosphor used for the white light-emitting layer has a fluorescence peak wavelength of 575 nm or more. More preferably, it is 580 nm or more and 620 nm or less. Examples of such red light emitters include dicyanomethylenepyran derivatives, dicyanomethylenethiopyran derivatives, fluorescein derivatives, and perylene derivatives that are used as red starting laser dyes described in European Patent Publication No. 0281381. Can be mentioned. The content of the red light emitter is set in a range in which concentration quenching does not occur.
[0175] 発光層の厚みとしては、特に限定されるものではなレ、が、例えば 5nm〜5 μ m程度 とすることができ、中でも 5nm〜l z m程度とすることが好ましい。 [0175] The thickness of the light emitting layer is not particularly limited, but can be, for example, about 5 nm to 5 μm, and preferably about 5 nm to l z m.
[0176] 上記発光層の形成方法としては、高精細なパターニングが可能な方法であれば特 に限定されるものではない。例えば蒸着法、印刷法、インクジェット法、またはスピンコ ート法、キャスティング法、デイツビング法、バーコート法、ブレードコート法、ロールコ ート法、グラビアコート法、フレキソ印刷法、スプレーコート法、および自己組織化法( 交互吸着法、自己組織化単分子膜法)等を挙げることができる。中でも、蒸着法、ス ピンコート法、およびインクジェット法を用いることが好ましい。また、発光層をパター ニングする際には、マスキング法により塗り分けや蒸着を行ってもよぐまたは発光層 間に隔壁を形成してもよい。 [0176] The method for forming the light emitting layer is not particularly limited as long as it is a method capable of high-definition patterning. For example, vapor deposition, printing, inkjet, or spin coating, casting, dating, bar coating, blade coating, roll coating, gravure coating, flexographic printing, spray coating, and self-organization And the like (alternate adsorption method, self-assembled monolayer method) and the like. Among them, it is preferable to use a vapor deposition method, a spin coat method, and an ink jet method. Further, when patterning the light emitting layer, coating or vapor deposition may be performed by a masking method, or a partition may be formed between the light emitting layers.
[0177] (2)正孔注入層 [0177] (2) Hole injection layer
本発明においては、発光層と陽極 (透明電極層もしくは対向電極層)との間に正孔 注入層が形成されていてもよい。正孔注入層を設けることにより、発光層への正孔の 注入が安定化し、発光効率を高めることができるからである。 In the present invention, a hole injection layer may be formed between the light emitting layer and the anode (transparent electrode layer or counter electrode layer). This is because by providing the hole injection layer, the injection of holes into the light emitting layer is stabilized and the light emission efficiency can be increased.
[0178] 本発明に用いられる正孔注入層の構成材料としては、一般的に有機 EL素子の正 孔注入層に使用されている材料を用いることができる。また、正孔注入層の構成材料 としては、正孔の注入性もしくは電子の障壁性のいずれかを有するものであればよく 、有機物もしくは無機物のいずれであってもよい。 [0178] As a constituent material of the hole injection layer used in the present invention, a material generally used for a hole injection layer of an organic EL element can be used. The constituent material of the hole injection layer may be any material that has either a hole injection property or an electron barrier property, and may be an organic material or an inorganic material.
[0179] 具体的に正孔注入層の構成材料としては、トリァゾール誘導体、ォキサジァゾール 誘導体、イミダゾール誘導体、ポリアリールアルカン誘導体、ピラゾリン誘導体、ピラゾ ロン誘導体、フヱニレンジァミン誘導体、ァリールァミン誘導体、ァミノ置換カルコン誘 導体、ォキサゾール誘導体、スチリルアントラセン誘導体、フルォレノン誘導体、ヒドラ ゾン誘導体、スチルベン誘導体、シラザン誘導体、ポリシラン系、ァニリン系共重合体 、もしくはチォフェンオリゴマー等の導電性高分子オリゴマー等を例示することができ る。さらに、正孔注入層の構成材料としては、ボルフイリンィ匕合物、芳香族第三級アミ ン化合物、もしくはスチリルアミン化合物等を例示することができる。 [0179] Specifically, the constituent material of the hole injection layer includes a triazole derivative, an oxadiazole derivative, an imidazole derivative, a polyarylalkane derivative, a pyrazoline derivative, a pyrazolone derivative, a phenylenediamine derivative, an arylamine derivative, and an amino substitution. Chalcone derivatives, oxazole derivatives, styryl anthracene derivatives, fluorenone derivatives, hydrazone derivatives, stilbene derivatives, silazane derivatives, polysilanes, aniline copolymers Alternatively, conductive polymer oligomers such as thiophene oligomers can be exemplified. Furthermore, examples of the constituent material of the hole injection layer include borphyrin compounds, aromatic tertiary amine compounds, and styrylamine compounds.
[0180] 上記ポルフィリン化合物としては、例えばポルフィン、 1, 10, 15, 20—テトラフエ二 ノレ一 21H, 23H—ポルフィン銅(Π)、アルミニウムフタロシアニンク口リド、もしくは銅 オタタメチルフタロシアニン等が挙げられる。 [0180] Examples of the porphyrin compound include porphine, 1, 10, 15, 20-tetraphenyl 2-nitrone 21H, 23H-porphine copper (Π), aluminum phthalocyanine lipide, or copper otamethyl phthalocyanine. .
[0181] また、上記芳香族第三級ァミン化合物としては、例えば N, N, Ν' , N'—テトラフヱ 二ノレ一 4, 4'—ジァミノフエニル、 Ν, Ν'—ジフエニル一 Ν, Ν'—ビス一(3—メチルフ ヱ二ル)一 [ 1, 1 '—ビフエ二ル]— 4, 4'—ジァミン、 4— (ジ一 ρ—トリノレアミノ)一 4'— [4 (ジ一 ρ—トリルァミノ)スチリル]スチルベン、 3—メトキシ一 4' _Ν, Ν_ジフヱ二ノレ アミノスチルベンゼン、 4, 4'—ビス [Ν— (1—ナフチル)一Ν—フエニルァミノ]ビフエ 二ノレ、もしくは 4, 4' , 4' '—トリス [Ν— (3—メチルフエニル) _Ν_フエニルァミノ]トリ フエニルァミン等が挙げられる。 [0181] Examples of the aromatic tertiary amine compound include N, N, Ν ', N'-tetraphenyl bis-nore-1,4'-diaminophenyl, Ν, Ν'-diphenyl Ν, Ν'- Bis-one (3-methylphenol) [1, 1'-biphenyl] — 4, 4'-diamin, 4— (di-ρ-trinoleamino) -one 4′— [4 (di-ρ —Tolylamino) styryl] stilbene, 3-methoxy-l 4 '_Ν, Ν_diph ヱ ninore aminostilbenzene, 4, 4'-bis [Ν- (1-naphthyl) lΝ-phenylamino] biph enore, or 4, 4 ', 4' '-tris [Ν- (3-methylphenyl) _Ν_phenylamino] triphenylamine and the like.
[0182] このような正孔注入層の厚みとしては、特に限定されるものではなレ、が、例えば 5η m〜5 μ ΐη程度とすることができ、中でも 5nm〜0. 5 /i m程度とすることが好ましい。 [0182] The thickness of such a hole injection layer is not particularly limited, but can be, for example, about 5ηm to 5μΐη, and particularly about 5nm to 0.5 / im. It is preferable to do.
[0183] (3)電子注入層 [0183] (3) Electron injection layer
本発明においては、発光層と陰極 (透明電極層もしくは対向電極層)との間に電子 注入層が形成されていてもよい。電子注入層を設けることにより、発光層への電子の 注入が安定化し、発光効率を高めることができるからである。 In the present invention, an electron injection layer may be formed between the light emitting layer and the cathode (transparent electrode layer or counter electrode layer). This is because by providing the electron injection layer, the injection of electrons into the light emitting layer is stabilized, and the light emission efficiency can be increased.
[0184] 本発明に用いられる電子注入層の構成材料としては、例えばニトロ置換フルオレン 誘導体、アントラキノジメタン誘導体、ジフエ二ルキノン誘導体、チォピランジオキシド 誘導体、ナフタレンペリレン等の複素環テトラカルボン酸無水物、カルポジイミド、フレ ォレニリデンメタン誘導体、アントラキノジメタンおよびアントロン誘導体、ォキサジァゾ ール誘導体、もしくはォキサジァゾール誘導体のォキサジァゾール環の酸素原子を ィォゥ原子に置換したチアゾール誘導体、電子吸引基として知られているキノキサリ ン環を有したキノキサリン誘導体、トリス(8—キノリノール)アルミニウム等の 8—キノリ ノール誘導体の金属錯体、フタロシアニン、金属フタロシアニン、もしくはジスチリルビ ラジン誘導体等を例示することができる。 [0185] 上記電子注入層の厚みとしては、特に限定されるものではなレ、が、例えば 5nm〜5 /i m程度とすることができ、中でも 5nm〜0. 5 /i m程度とすることが好ましい。 [0184] Examples of the constituent material of the electron injection layer used in the present invention include heterocyclic tetracarboxylic anhydrides such as nitro-substituted fluorene derivatives, anthraquinodimethane derivatives, diphenylquinone derivatives, thiopyran dioxide derivatives, naphthalene perylene, and the like. Known as electron-withdrawing groups, thiazole derivatives in which the oxygen atom of the oxadiazole ring of the oxadiazole ring is substituted with a thioadiene, carbodiimide, fluorenylidenemethane derivatives, anthraquinodimethane and anthrone derivatives, oxadiazole derivatives, Illustrate quinoxaline derivatives having a quinoxaline ring, metal complexes of 8-quinolinol derivatives such as tris (8-quinolinol) aluminum, phthalocyanines, metal phthalocyanines, or distyrylvirazine derivatives. It can be. [0185] The thickness of the electron injection layer is not particularly limited, and can be, for example, about 5 nm to 5 / im, and preferably about 5 nm to 0.5 / im. .
[0186] 2.透明電極層 [0186] 2. Transparent electrode layer
本発明に用いられる透明電極層は、対向電極層との間に挟んだ有機 EL層に電圧 をかけ、所定の位置で発光を起こさせるためのものである。この透明電極層は、上述 した有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板の色変換層側表面上に形成されるものであり 、例えば図 6や図 10に示すように、透明電極層 11は、遮光部 4の開口部の幅に相当 する幅のストライプ状に形成される。この場合、ストライプ状の透明電極層 11のピッチ は遮光部 4の開口部のピッチと同じである。 The transparent electrode layer used in the present invention is for applying voltage to the organic EL layer sandwiched between the counter electrode layer and causing light emission at a predetermined position. This transparent electrode layer is formed on the color conversion layer side surface of the above-described organic EL element color filter substrate. For example, as shown in FIG. 6 and FIG. It is formed in a stripe shape having a width corresponding to the width of the opening. In this case, the pitch of the striped transparent electrode layer 11 is the same as the pitch of the openings of the light shielding portion 4.
[0187] 本発明における透明電極層は、通常、透明性および導電性を有する金属酸化物 の薄膜で構成される。このような金属酸化物としては、例えば酸化インジウム錫 (ITO )、酸化インジウム、酸化亜鉛、もしくは酸化第二錫等が挙げられる。 [0187] The transparent electrode layer in the present invention is usually composed of a metal oxide thin film having transparency and conductivity. Examples of such metal oxides include indium tin oxide (ITO), indium oxide, zinc oxide, and stannic oxide.
[0188] このような透明電極層の形成方法としては、例えば蒸着法もしくはスパッタリング法 等によって金属酸化物の薄膜を形成した後に、フォトリソグラフィ法によりパターニン グする方法が好ましく用いられる。 [0188] As a method for forming such a transparent electrode layer, for example, a method of forming a metal oxide thin film by a vapor deposition method or a sputtering method and then patterning by a photolithography method is preferably used.
[0189] 3.対向電極層 [0189] 3. Counter electrode layer
本発明に用いられる対向電極層は、有機 EL層を発光させるための他方の電極を なすものであり、上記透明電極層と反対の電荷をもつ電極である。この対向電極層は 、有機 EL層上に形成される。 The counter electrode layer used in the present invention constitutes the other electrode for causing the organic EL layer to emit light, and is an electrode having a charge opposite to that of the transparent electrode layer. This counter electrode layer is formed on the organic EL layer.
[0190] 本発明における対向電極層は、通常、仕事関数が 4eV以下程度と小さい金属、合 金、もしくはそれらの混合物から構成される。具体的には、ナトリウム、ナトリウム カリ ゥム合金、マグネシウム、リチウム、マグネシウム/銅混合物、マグネシウム/銀混合 物、マグネシウム/アルミニウム混合物、マグネシウム Zインジウム混合物、アルミ二 ゥム/酸化アルミニウム (Al O )混合物、インジウム、もしくはリチウム/アルミニウム [0190] The counter electrode layer in the present invention is usually composed of a metal, a alloy, or a mixture thereof having a work function as small as about 4 eV or less. Specifically, sodium, sodium potassium alloy, magnesium, lithium, magnesium / copper mixture, magnesium / silver mixture, magnesium / aluminum mixture, magnesium Z indium mixture, aluminum / aluminum oxide (Al 2 O 3) mixture , Indium or lithium / aluminum
2 3 twenty three
混合物、希土類金属等を例示することができる。より好ましくは、マグネシウム/銀混 合物、マグネシウム/アルミニウム混合物、マグネシウム Zインジウム混合物、アルミ ニゥム Z酸化アルミニウム (Al O )混合物、もしくはリチウム/アルミニウム混合物を A mixture, a rare earth metal, etc. can be illustrated. More preferably, a magnesium / silver mixture, a magnesium / aluminum mixture, a magnesium Z indium mixture, an aluminum Z aluminum oxide (Al 2 O 3) mixture, or a lithium / aluminum mixture.
2 3 twenty three
挙げ'ること力 sできる。 [0191] 上記対向電極層は、シート抵抗が数百 Ω /cm以下であることが好ましい。 You can't give up. [0191] The counter electrode layer preferably has a sheet resistance of several hundred Ω / cm or less.
また、対向電極層の厚みとしては、 10nm〜l μ ΐη程度が好ましぐより好ましくは 5 The thickness of the counter electrode layer is preferably about 10 nm to l μΐη, more preferably 5
0〜200nm程度である。 It is about 0 to 200 nm.
[0192] このような対向電極層の形成方法としては、蒸着法もしくはスパッタリング法等によ つて薄膜を形成した後に、フォトリソグラフィ法によりパターユングする方法が好ましく 用いられる。 [0192] As a method for forming such a counter electrode layer, a method of forming a thin film by a vapor deposition method or a sputtering method and then patterning by a photolithography method is preferably used.
[0193] 4.その他 [0193] 4. Other
本発明においては、ストライプ状の透明電極層の間に、遮光部に対応して絶縁層 が形成されていてもよい。 In the present invention, an insulating layer may be formed between the striped transparent electrode layers so as to correspond to the light shielding portion.
[0194] また、絶縁層上には、発光層等を形成する際のマスクの役割を果たす隔壁部が形 成されていてもよい。この隔壁部の形成材料としては、例えば感光性ポリイミド樹脂、 アクリル系樹脂等の光硬化型樹脂、または熱硬化型樹脂、あるいは無機材料などを 用いることができる。この場合、隔壁部の表面エネルギー(濡れ性)を変化させる処理 を行ってもよい。 [0194] In addition, a partition wall functioning as a mask for forming a light emitting layer or the like may be formed on the insulating layer. As a material for forming the partition wall, for example, a photocurable resin such as a photosensitive polyimide resin or an acrylic resin, a thermosetting resin, or an inorganic material can be used. In this case, you may perform the process which changes the surface energy (wetting property) of a partition part.
[0195] 本発明の有機 EL表示装置の駆動方式としては、ノ ッシブマトリクス、もしくはァクテ イブマトリクスのレ、ずれであってもよレ、。 [0195] The driving method of the organic EL display device of the present invention may be a shift or shift of a noisy matrix or an active matrix.
[0196] なお、本発明は、上記実施形態に限定されるものではない。上記実施形態は、例 示であり、本発明の特許請求の範囲に記載された技術的思想と実質的に同一な構 成を有し、同様な作用効果を奏するものは、レ、かなるものであっても本発明の技術的 範囲に包含される。 [0196] The present invention is not limited to the above embodiment. The above-described embodiment is an example, and has substantially the same configuration as the technical idea described in the claims of the present invention, and the one that exhibits the same function and effect is a good one. However, it is included in the technical scope of the present invention.
実施例 Example
[0197] 以下、本発明について実施例および比較例を用いて具体的に説明する。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described with reference to Examples and Comparative Examples.
[実施例 1] [Example 1]
(ブラックマトリクスの形成) (Formation of black matrix)
透明基材として、 150mm X 150mm,厚み 0. 7mmのソーダガラス(セントラル硝 子 (株)製)を準備した。この透明基材の片側全面にスパッタリング法により酸化窒化 複合クロムの薄膜 (厚み 0. 2 μ ΐη)を形成した。この酸化窒化複合クロム薄膜上に感 光性レジストを塗布し、マスク露光、現像、および酸化窒化複合クロム薄膜のエツチン グを順次行って、 80 /i m X 280 /i mの長方形状の開口部が、短辺方向に 100 μ m のピッチ、長辺方向に 300 μ mのピッチでマトリクス状に配列したブラックマトリクスを 形成した。 As a transparent base material, 150 mm × 150 mm, 0.7 mm thick soda glass (manufactured by Central Glass Co., Ltd.) was prepared. A thin film (thickness 0.2 μΐη) of oxynitride composite chromium was formed on the entire surface of one side of the transparent substrate by sputtering. A photosensitive resist is applied onto the composite oxynitride thin film, mask exposure, development, and etching of the composite oxynitride thin film In order to form a black matrix, rectangular openings of 80 / im X 280 / im are arranged in a matrix with a pitch of 100 μm in the short side direction and a pitch of 300 μm in the long side direction. did.
[0198] (着色層の形成) [0198] (Formation of colored layer)
赤色、緑色および青色の各色着色部形成用塗工液を調製した。赤色着色剤として は縮合ァゾ系顔料(チノく'スペシャルティ'ケミカルズ社製、クロモフタルレッド BRN)、 緑色着色剤としてはフタロシアニン系緑色顔料 (東洋インキ製造 (株)製、リオノール グリーン 2Y— 301)、および青色着色剤としてはアンスラキノン系顔料(チバ'スぺシ ャルティ.ケミカルズ社製、クロモフタルブルー A3R)をそれぞれ用いた。また、バイン ダ樹脂としてはポリビュルアルコール(10%水溶液)を用いた。ポリビュルアルコール 水溶液 10重量部に対し、各着色剤を 1重量部の割合で配合して、十分に混合分散 させた。さらに、得られた溶液 100重量部に対し、 1重量部の重クロム酸アンモニゥム を架橋剤として添加し、各色着色部形成用塗工液を得た。 A coating solution for forming colored portions of red, green and blue was prepared. Condensed azo pigments (manufactured by Chinoku 'Specialty' Chemicals, Chromophthal Red BRN) as red colorants, phthalocyanine green pigments (Lionol Green 2Y—301, manufactured by Toyo Ink Co., Ltd.) as green colorants As the blue colorant, anthraquinone pigments (Ciba 'Special Chemicals, Chromophthal Blue A3R) were used. In addition, polybulu alcohol (10% aqueous solution) was used as the binder resin. Each colorant was blended at a ratio of 1 part by weight with respect to 10 parts by weight of the polybula alcohol aqueous solution, and sufficiently mixed and dispersed. Further, 1 part by weight of ammonium dichromate was added as a cross-linking agent to 100 parts by weight of the obtained solution to obtain each colored portion forming coating solution.
[0199] 上記の各色着色部形成用塗工液を順次用いて各着色部を形成した。すなわち、上 記のブラックマトリクスが形成された透明基材上に、赤色着色部形成用塗工液をスピ ンコート法により塗布し、 100°Cで 5分間のプリべイクを行った。その後、フォトマスクを 用いて露光し、現像液(0. 05%KOH水溶液)にて現像を行った。次いで、 200°Cで 60分間のポストべイクを行レ、、ブラックマトリクスのパターンに同調させ、幅 85 /i m、 厚み 1. 5 /i mのストライプ状の赤色着色部を、その幅方向がブラックマトリクスの開口 部の短辺方向になるよう形成した。以降、緑色着色部形成用塗工液および青色着色 部形成用塗工液を順次用い、ストライプ状の緑色着色部および青色着色部を形成し た。これにより、三原色の各着色部が幅方向に繰り返し配歹した着色層を形成した。 [0199] Each colored portion was formed using the above-described coating liquid for forming colored portions. That is, on the transparent base material on which the black matrix was formed, a red colored portion forming coating solution was applied by a spin coating method and pre-baked at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes. Then, it exposed using the photomask and developed with the developing solution (0.05% KOH aqueous solution). Next, post-bake for 60 minutes at 200 ° C was performed, synchronized with the pattern of the black matrix, and a striped red colored part with a width of 85 / im and a thickness of 1.5 / im, with the width direction being black It was formed so as to be in the short side direction of the opening of the matrix. Thereafter, the green colored portion forming coating solution and the blue colored portion forming coating solution were sequentially used to form striped green colored portions and blue colored portions. Thereby, a colored layer in which the colored portions of the three primary colors were repeatedly arranged in the width direction was formed.
[0200] (色変換層の形成) [0200] (Formation of color conversion layer)
ブラックマトリクスおよび着色層が形成された上に、透過部形成用塗工液(富士ハン トエレクトロニクステクノロジー(株)製、透明感光性樹脂組成物、商品名:カラーモザ イク CB— 701)をスピンコート法により塗布し、 100。Cで 5分間のプリべイクを行った。 次いで、フォトリソグラフィ法によりパターユングを行った後、 200°Cで 60分間のポスト ベイクを行った。これにより、青色着色部および赤色着色部上に、幅 85 x m、厚み 2 . 5 β mのストライプ状の透過部をそれぞれ形成した。 A coating solution for forming the transmission area (transparent photosensitive resin composition, product name: Color Mosaic CB-701, manufactured by Fuji Hunt Electronics Technology Co., Ltd.) is spin-coated on the black matrix and colored layer. Apply by 100. Pre-bake for 5 minutes at C. Next, after patterning by photolithography, post baking was performed at 200 ° C. for 60 minutes. This gives a width of 85 xm and a thickness of 2 on the blue and red colored areas. Each of the 5 β m stripe-shaped transmission portions was formed.
[0201] 次いで、緑色変換蛍光体 (アルドリッチ (株)製、クマリン 6)を分散させたアルカリ可 溶性ネガ型感光性レジストを変換緑色色部形成用塗工液とし、上記と同様に手順に より、図 1 1 (こ示すよう ίこ緑色着色音 上 (こ、幅 10 z m、ギャップ 5 μ m、厚み 2. 5 μ mのストライプ状の緑色色変換部 3Gを形成した。 [0201] Next, an alkali-soluble negative photosensitive resist in which a green conversion phosphor (manufactured by Aldrich Co., Ltd., dispersed) was dispersed was used as a conversion green color portion forming coating solution. FIG. 1 1 (as shown, the green colored tone (this, width 10 zm, gap 5 μm, thickness 2.5 μm) was formed as a striped green color conversion part 3G.
[0202] (平坦化層の形成) [0202] (Formation of planarization layer)
次いで、アタリレート系光硬化性樹脂 (新日鐡化学 (株)製、商品名: V—259PA/ PH5)をプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートで希釈した平坦化層形 成用塗工液を調製し、この平坦ィヒ層形成用塗工液を色変換層が形成された上にス ピンコート法により塗布し、 120°Cで 5分間のプリべイクを行った後、紫外線を照射線 量が 300mJになるように全面露光を行レ、、露光後、 200°Cで 60分間のポストべイクを 行って、着色層および色変換層の全体を覆うように厚み 2 μ mで透明な平坦化層を 形成した。 Next, a flattening layer forming coating solution was prepared by diluting an acrylate-based photocurable resin (manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: V-259PA / PH5) with propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, This flat layer forming coating solution is applied by spin coating on the color conversion layer, pre-baked at 120 ° C for 5 minutes, and then irradiated with ultraviolet rays to a dose of 300 mJ. After exposure, post-bake at 200 ° C for 60 minutes to form a transparent flattening layer with a thickness of 2 μm to cover the entire colored layer and color conversion layer. Formed.
[0203] (透明電極層の形成) [0203] (Formation of transparent electrode layer)
次いで、平坦化層上にイオンプレーティング法により膜厚 150nmの酸化インジウム スズ (ITO)電極膜を形成し、この ITO電極膜上に感光性レジストを塗布し、マスク露 光、現像、 ITO電極膜のエッチングを行って、透明電極層を形成した。この透明電極 層は、透明基材上から平坦ィ匕層上に乗り上げるように形成された幅 80 / mのストライ プ状のパターンであり、色変換層上では着色層の各着色部上に位置するものであつ た。 Next, an indium tin oxide (ITO) electrode film having a thickness of 150 nm is formed on the planarizing layer by ion plating, a photosensitive resist is applied on the ITO electrode film, mask exposure, development, and ITO electrode film are applied. Etching was performed to form a transparent electrode layer. This transparent electrode layer is a striped pattern with a width of 80 / m formed so as to run on the flat substrate layer from the transparent substrate, and is positioned on each colored portion of the colored layer on the color conversion layer. It was something to do.
[0204] (絶縁層および隔壁部の形成) [0204] (Formation of insulating layer and partition wall)
平均分子量が約 100000であるノルボルネン系樹脂 (JSR (株)製、 ARTON)をト ルェンで希釈した絶縁層形成用塗工液を使用し、スピンコート法により透明電極層を 覆うように塗布した後、ベータ(100°C、 30分)を行って絶縁膜 (厚み 1 μ m)を形成し た。次に、この絶縁膜上に感光性レジストを塗布し、マスク露光、現像、絶縁膜のエツ チングを行って絶縁層を形成した。この絶縁層は、ブラックマトリクスの開口部に、絶 縁層の開口部が位置するように配置され、絶縁層の開口部は、ブラックマトリクスの開 口部よりも大きい 90 μ m X 290 μ mの長方形状とした。 [0205] 次に、隔壁部用塗料(日本ゼオン (株)製、フォトレジスト、 ZPN1100)をスピンコー ト法により絶縁層を覆うように全面に塗布し、プリベータ(70°C、 30分間)を行った。そ の後、所定のフォトマスクを用いて露光し、現像液(日本ゼオン (株)製、 ZTMA- 10 0)にて現像を行レ、、次いで、ポストベータ(100°C、 30分間)を行った。これにより、絶 縁層上に隔壁部を形成した。この隔壁部は、高さ 10 z m、下部(絶縁層側)の幅 15 μ m、上部の幅 26 μ mである形状を有するものであった。 After applying an insulating layer forming coating solution diluted with toluene with a norbornene resin (JSR Co., Ltd., ARTON) with an average molecular weight of approximately 100000, it is applied so as to cover the transparent electrode layer by spin coating. Then, an insulating film (thickness 1 μm) was formed by performing beta (100 ° C., 30 minutes). Next, a photosensitive resist was applied on the insulating film, mask exposure, development, and etching of the insulating film were performed to form an insulating layer. This insulating layer is arranged so that the opening of the insulating layer is located in the opening of the black matrix, and the opening of the insulating layer is 90 μm X 290 μm larger than the opening of the black matrix. The shape was rectangular. [0205] Next, partition wall coating (manufactured by Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd., photoresist, ZPN1100) was applied over the entire surface to cover the insulating layer by spin coating, and pre-beta (70 ° C, 30 minutes) was performed. It was. After that, it is exposed using a predetermined photomask, developed with a developer (ZTMA-100, manufactured by Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd.), and then post-beta (100 ° C, 30 minutes). went. As a result, a partition wall was formed on the insulating layer. The partition wall had a shape with a height of 10 zm, a lower part (insulating layer side) width of 15 μm, and an upper part width of 26 μm.
[0206] (白色有機 EL層の形成) [0206] (Formation of white organic EL layer)
次いで、上記の隔壁部をマスクとして、真空蒸着法により正孔注入層および白色発 光層からなる有機 EL層を形成した。 Next, an organic EL layer composed of a hole injection layer and a white light emitting layer was formed by vacuum vapor deposition using the partition wall as a mask.
すなわち、まず N, Ν'—ジフエニル一 Ν, Ν'—ビス(3—メチルフエ二ル)一〔1 , Γ —ビフヱ二ル〕一 4, 4'—ジァミンを、画像表示領域に相当する開口部を備えたフォト マスクを介して 60nmまで蒸着して成膜することによって、隔壁部がマスクパターンと なり、各隔壁部間のみを正孔注入層の形成材料が通過して透明電極層上に正孔注 入層が形成された。 That is, first, N, Ν'-diphenyl 1 Ν, ビ ス '-bis (3-methylphenyl) 1 [1, Γ-biphenyl] 1, 4'-diamin is used as an opening corresponding to the image display area. The film is formed by vapor deposition up to 60 nm through a photomask equipped with a mask, and the partition walls become a mask pattern. The material for forming the hole injection layer passes only between the partition walls and is positively formed on the transparent electrode layer. A hole injection layer was formed.
同様にして、 4, 4 '—ビス(2, 2,—ジフヱ二ルビニル)ビフヱニル(蛍光ピーク波長: 465nm (固体))を 40nmまで蒸着して成膜した。このとき、同時にルブレン(アルドリ ツチ(株)製、蛍光ピーク波長: 585nm (ジメチルホルムアミド 0· 1重量%溶液))を少 量含有させた。これにより白色発光層を形成した。 Similarly, 4,4′-bis (2,2, -divinylvinyl) biphenyl (fluorescence peak wavelength: 465 nm (solid)) was deposited to 40 nm to form a film. At the same time, a small amount of rubrene (manufactured by Aldrich Co., Ltd., fluorescence peak wavelength: 585 nm (dimethylformamide 0.1 wt% solution)) was contained. This formed the white light emitting layer.
その後、トリス(8—キノリノール)アルミニウムを 20nm厚まで蒸着して成膜すること により電子注入層を形成した。このようにして形成された有機 EL層は、幅 280 μ ΐηの ストライプ状のパターンとして各隔壁部間に存在するものであった。 Thereafter, tris (8-quinolinol) aluminum was deposited to a thickness of 20 nm to form an electron injection layer. The organic EL layer thus formed was present between the partition walls as a stripe-like pattern having a width of 280 μΐη.
[0207] (対向電極層の形成) [0207] (Formation of counter electrode layer)
次に、画像表示領域よりも広い所定の開口部を備えたフォトマスクを介して、上記の 隔壁部が形成されている領域に、真空蒸着法によりマグネシウムと銀とを同時に蒸着 (マグネシウムの蒸着速度 = 1. 3〜: 1. 4nm/秒、銀の蒸着速度 =0. InmZ秒)し て成膜した。これにより、隔壁部がマスクとなって、マグネシウム Z銀ィ匕合物からなる 厚み 200nmの対向電極層を有機 EL層上に形成した。この対向電極層は、幅 280 z mのストライプ状のパターンとして白色有機 EL層上に存在するものであった。 以上により、有機 EL表示装置を作製した。 Next, magnesium and silver are simultaneously vapor-deposited by vacuum vapor deposition (magnesium vapor deposition rate) on the area where the partition wall is formed through a photomask having a predetermined opening wider than the image display area. = 1. 3 ~: 1. 4 nm / second, silver deposition rate = 0. InmZ second). As a result, a partition electrode portion was used as a mask to form a 200-nm-thick counter electrode layer made of magnesium Z-silver compound on the organic EL layer. This counter electrode layer was present on the white organic EL layer as a stripe pattern having a width of 280 zm. Thus, an organic EL display device was produced.
[0208] [比較例 1] [0208] [Comparative Example 1]
実施例 1において色変換層を形成しなかった以外は、実施例 1と同様にして有機 E L表示装置を作製した。 An organic EL display device was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the color conversion layer was not formed in Example 1.
[0209] [評価] [0209] [Evaluation]
実施例 1および比較例 1の有機 EL表示装置の透明電極層と対向電極層とに直流 8 . 5Vの電圧を 10mA/cm2の一定電流密度で印加して連続駆動させることにより、 透明電極層と対向電極層とが交差する所望の部位の白色発光層を発光させた。そし て、色変換層で色変換、あるいは、そのまま透過し、着色層で色補正された後、透明 基材の反対面側で観察される各色の発光について、 CIE色度座標 (JIS Z 8701) を測定した。その結果、比較例 1の有機 EL表示装置では CIE色度座標で x = 0. 26 4、y=0. 534の緑色発光が確認されたのに対し、実施例 1の有機 EL表示装置では CIE色度座標で x=0. 291、 y=0. 564の緑色発光が確認された。また、緑色発光 の輝度を比較すると、実施例 1の有機 EL表示装置では比較例 1の有機 EL表示装置 に比べて輝度が 5%向上していた。このように実施例 1の有機 EL表示装置では、高 輝度で色純度の高レ、三原色表示が可能であった。 A transparent electrode layer is obtained by applying a voltage of DC 8.5 V to the transparent electrode layer and the counter electrode layer of the organic EL display device of Example 1 and Comparative Example 1 at a constant current density of 10 mA / cm 2 and continuously driving the transparent electrode layer. The white light emitting layer at a desired portion where the counter electrode layer and the counter electrode layer intersect was caused to emit light. CIE chromaticity coordinates (JIS Z 8701) for the emission of each color observed on the opposite side of the transparent substrate after color conversion in the color conversion layer or transmission as it is and color correction in the colored layer. Was measured. As a result, in the organic EL display device of Comparative Example 1, green emission of x = 0.264 and y = 0.534 was confirmed in the CIE chromaticity coordinates, whereas in the organic EL display device of Example 1, CIE Green emission of x = 0.291 and y = 0.564 was confirmed in chromaticity coordinates. Further, comparing the luminance of green light emission, the luminance of the organic EL display device of Example 1 was improved by 5% as compared with the organic EL display device of Comparative Example 1. Thus, the organic EL display device of Example 1 was capable of displaying three primary colors with high brightness and high color purity.
[0210] [実施例 2] [0210] [Example 2]
実施例 1において、下記に示すように着色層を形成した以外は、実施例 1と同様に して有機 EL表示装置を作製した。 In Example 1, an organic EL display device was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that a colored layer was formed as shown below.
(着色層の形成) (Formation of colored layer)
赤色、緑色および青色の各色着色部形成用塗工液を調製した。赤色着色剤として は縮合ァゾ系顔料(チノく'スペシャルティ'ケミカルズ社製、クロモフタルレッド BRN)、 緑色着色剤としてはフタロシアニン系緑色顔料 (東洋インキ製造 (株)製、リオノール グリーン 2Y— 301)、および青色着色剤としてはアンスラキノン系顔料(チバ'スぺシ ャルティ.ケミカルズ社製、クロモフタルブルー A3R)をそれぞれ用いた。また、バイン ダ樹脂としてはアクリル系 UV硬化性樹脂組成物(アクリル系 UV硬化性樹脂 20% · アクリル系 UV硬化性樹脂モノマー 20% ·添加剤 5% ·プロピレングリコールモノメチ ルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA) 55%)を用いた。アクリル系 UV硬化性樹脂組成 物 10部に対し、各着色剤を 1部 (部数はいずれも質量基準。)の割合で配合して、十 分に混合分散させ、各色着色部形成用塗工液を得た。 A coating solution for forming colored portions of red, green and blue was prepared. Condensed azo pigments (manufactured by Chinoku 'Specialty' Chemicals, Chromophthal Red BRN) as red colorants, phthalocyanine green pigments (Lionol Green 2Y—301, manufactured by Toyo Ink Co., Ltd.) as green colorants As the blue colorant, anthraquinone pigments (Ciba 'Special Chemicals, Chromophthal Blue A3R) were used. As binder resin, acrylic UV curable resin composition (acrylic UV curable resin 20% · acrylic UV curable resin monomer 20% · additive 5% · propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) 55 %) Was used. Acrylic UV curable resin composition Each colorant was blended at a ratio of 1 part (all parts are based on mass) to 10 parts of the product and sufficiently mixed and dispersed to obtain a coating solution for forming colored parts.
[0211] 上記の各色着色部形成用塗工液を順次用いて各着色部を形成した。すなわち、上 記のブラックマトリクスが形成された透明基材上に、赤色着色部形成用塗工液をスピ ンコート法により塗布し、 120°Cで 2分間のプリべイクを行った。その後、フォトマスクを 用いて露光 (積算露光量 300mjZcm2)し、現像液(0. 05。/οΚ〇Η水溶液)にて現 像を行った。次いで、 230°Cで 60分間のポストべイクを行レ、、ブラックマトリクスのパタ ーンに同調させ、幅 85 x m、厚み 1. 5 x mのストライプ状の赤色着色部を、その幅 方向がブラックマトリクスの開口部の短辺方向になるよう形成した。以降、緑色着色部 形成用塗工液および青色着色部形成用塗工液を順次用い、ストライプ状の緑色着 色部および青色着色部を形成した。これにより、三原色の各着色部が幅方向に繰り 返し配列した着色層を形成した。 [0211] Each colored portion was formed using the above-described coating liquid for forming colored portions. That is, on the transparent base material on which the above black matrix was formed, the red colored portion forming coating solution was applied by a spin coating method, and pre-baked at 120 ° C. for 2 minutes. Then, exposure using a photomask (accumulated exposure 300MjZcm 2), was present image with a developer solution (0. 05./ ο Kappa_〇_Ita solution). Next, post-bake for 60 minutes at 230 ° C was performed, and synchronized with the black matrix pattern. Striped red colored parts with a width of 85 xm and a thickness of 1.5 xm, with the width direction being black. It formed so that it might become the short side direction of the opening part of a matrix. Thereafter, the green colored portion forming coating solution and the blue colored portion forming coating solution were sequentially used to form striped green colored portions and blue colored portions. As a result, a colored layer in which the colored portions of the three primary colors were repeatedly arranged in the width direction was formed.
[0212] (評価) [0212] (Evaluation)
実施例 1の有機 EL表示装置と同様に、実施例 2の有機 EL表示装置では高輝度で 色純度の高レ、三原色表示が可能であった。 Similar to the organic EL display device of Example 1, the organic EL display device of Example 2 was capable of high brightness, high color purity, and display of three primary colors.
[0213] [実施例 3] [0213] [Example 3]
(ブラックマトリクスの形成) (Formation of black matrix)
透明基材として、 370mm X 470mm,厚み 0. 7mmのソーダガラス(セントラル硝 子社製)を準備した。この透明基材上に、スパッタリング法により酸化窒化複合クロム の薄膜 (厚み 0. 2 μ ΐη)を形成した。この酸化窒化複合クロム薄膜上に感光性レジス トを塗布し、マスク露光、現像、および酸化窒化複合クロム薄膜のエッチングを順次 行って、 80 μ m X 280 μ mの長方形状の開口部が、短辺方向に 100 μ mのピッチ、 長辺方向に 300 x mのピッチでマトリクス状に配列したブラックマトリクスを形成した。 As a transparent substrate, soda glass (manufactured by Central Glass Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 370 mm × 470 mm and a thickness of 0.7 mm was prepared. On this transparent substrate, a thin film (thickness 0.2 μΐη) of oxynitride composite chromium was formed by sputtering. A photosensitive resist is applied onto this oxynitride composite chrome thin film, mask exposure, development, and etching of the oxynitride composite chrome thin film are sequentially performed, and a rectangular opening of 80 μm X 280 μm becomes short. A black matrix arranged in a matrix with a pitch of 100 μm in the side direction and a pitch of 300 xm in the long side direction was formed.
[0214] (着色層の形成) [0214] (Formation of colored layer)
赤色、緑色および青色の各色着色部形成用塗工液を調製した。赤色着色剤として は縮合ァゾ系顔料(チノく'スペシャルティ'ケミカルズ社製、クロモフタルレッド BRN)、 緑色着色剤としてはフタロシアニン系緑色顔料 (東洋インキ製造社製、リオノールダリ ーン 2Y— 301)、および青色着色剤としてはアンスラキノン系顔料 (チバ 'スぺシャノレ ティ'ケミカノレズ社製、クロモフタルブルー A3R)をそれぞれ用いた。また、バインダ榭 脂としてはバインダ樹脂としてはアクリル系 UV硬化性樹脂組成物(アクリル系 UV硬 化性樹脂 20% ·アクリル系 UV硬化性樹脂モノマー 20% ·添加剤 5% ·プロピレンダリ コールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA) 55%)を用いた。アクリル系 UV硬 化性樹脂組成物 10部に対し、各着色剤を 1部(部数はいずれも質量基準。)の割合 で配合して、十分に混合分散させ、各色着色部形成用塗工液を得た。 A coating solution for forming colored portions of red, green and blue was prepared. Condensed azo pigments (manufactured by Chinoku 'Specialty' Chemicals, Chromophthal Red BRN) as red colorants, phthalocyanine green pigments (Lionol Darin 2Y-301, manufactured by Toyo Ink Co., Ltd.), And anthraquinone pigments (Ciba's Speciale) Ti's Chemikanorezu, chromophthal blue A3R) was used. In addition, as binder resin, as binder resin, acrylic UV curable resin composition (acrylic UV curable resin 20%, acrylic UV curable resin monomer 20%, additive 5%, propylene glycol monomethyl ether Acetate (PGMEA) 55%) was used. Each colorant is blended at a ratio of 1 part (all parts are based on mass) to 10 parts of the acrylic UV curable resin composition, and thoroughly mixed and dispersed. Got.
[0215] 上記の各色着色部形成用塗工液を順次用いて各着色部を形成した。すなわち、上 記のブラックマトリクスが形成された透明基材上に、赤色着色部形成用塗工液をスピ ンコート法により塗布し、 120°Cで 2分間のプリべイクを行った。その後、フォトマスクを 用いて露光 (積算露光量 300mjZcm2)し、現像液(0. 05。/οΚ〇Η水溶液)にて現 像を行った。次いで、 230°Cで 60分間のポストべイクを行レ、、ブラックマトリクスのパタ ーンに同調させ、幅 85 x m、厚み 1. 5 x mのストライプ状の赤色着色部を、その幅 方向がブラックマトリクスの開口部の短辺方向になるよう形成した。以降、緑色着色部 形成用塗工液および青色着色部形成用塗工液を順次用い、幅 85 / m、厚み 1. 6 /i mのストライプ状の緑色着色部、および、幅 85 /i m、厚み 1 · 6 μ ΐηのストライプ状の 青色着色部を形成した。これにより、三原色の各着色部が幅方向に繰り返し配列した 着色層を形成した。 [0215] Each colored portion was formed using the above-described coating liquid for forming colored portions. That is, on the transparent base material on which the above black matrix was formed, the red colored portion forming coating solution was applied by a spin coating method, and pre-baked at 120 ° C. for 2 minutes. Then, exposure using a photomask (accumulated exposure 300MjZcm 2), was present image with a developer solution (0. 05./ ο Kappa_〇_Ita solution). Next, post-bake for 60 minutes at 230 ° C was performed, and synchronized with the black matrix pattern. Striped red colored parts with a width of 85 xm and a thickness of 1.5 xm, with the width direction being black. It formed so that it might become the short side direction of the opening part of a matrix. Thereafter, a green colored portion forming coating solution and a blue colored portion forming coating solution are sequentially used to obtain a stripe-shaped green colored portion having a width of 85 / m and a thickness of 1.6 / im, and a width of 85 / im and a thickness. A striped blue colored part of 1 · 6 μΐη was formed. As a result, a colored layer in which the colored portions of the three primary colors were repeatedly arranged in the width direction was formed.
[0216] (色変換層の形成) [0216] (Formation of color conversion layer)
緑色変換蛍光体 (アルドリッチ社製、クマリン 6)を分散させたアルカリ可溶性ネガ型 感光性レジストを緑色色変換部形成用塗工液とし、この緑色色変換部形成用塗工液 をブラックマトリクスおよび着色層が形成された上にスピンコート法により塗布し、 100 °Cで 5分間のプリべイクを行った。次いで、フォトリソグラフィ法によりパターユングを行 つた後、 200°Cで 60分間のポストべイクを行った。これにより、緑色着色部上に、幅 8 5 μ m、厚み 3. 3 μ mのストライプ状の緑色色変換部を形成した。 An alkali-soluble negative photosensitive resist in which a green conversion phosphor (manufactured by Aldrich, Coumarin 6) is dispersed is used as a coating solution for forming a green color conversion part, and this coating solution for forming a green color conversion part is used as a black matrix and coloring. After the layer was formed, it was applied by spin coating and pre-baked at 100 ° C for 5 minutes. Next, after patterning by photolithography, post baking was performed at 200 ° C for 60 minutes. As a result, a striped green color conversion portion having a width of 85 μm and a thickness of 3.3 μm was formed on the green colored portion.
[0217] (平坦化層の形成) [0217] (Formation of planarization layer)
次いで、色変換層が形成された上に、アタリレート系光硬化性樹脂 (新日鐵化学社 製、商品名:「V_ 259PA/PH5」)をプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルァセ テートで希釈した平坦ィ匕層形成用塗工液を調製し、スピンコート法により塗布し、 12 0°Cで 5分間のプリべイクを行った。次いで、フォトリソグラフィ法によりパターニングを 行った後、 200°Cで 60分間のポストべイクを行って、色変換層上に厚み 2 μ ΐηで着色 層および色変換層の全体を覆う透明な平坦化層を形成した。 Next, after the color conversion layer is formed, a flat type obtained by diluting an acrylate-based photocurable resin (manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: “V_259PA / PH5”) with propylene glycol monomethyl etherate. Prepare a coating solution for forming the cocoon layer and apply it by spin coating. Pre-baking was performed at 0 ° C for 5 minutes. Next, after patterning by photolithography, post-baking is performed at 200 ° C for 60 minutes, and transparent flattening covering the entire color layer and color conversion layer with a thickness of 2 μΐη on the color conversion layer A layer was formed.
[0218] (ガスバリア層の形成) [0218] (Formation of gas barrier layer)
次に、上記の平坦ィ匕層上にスパッタリング法により、 Si Nターゲット(3N)を用い、 Next, using the Si N target (3N) by sputtering on the above flat layer,
3 4 3 4
アルゴンガス導入量:40sccm、 RFパワー: 430kW、基板温度: 100。Cで成膜し、厚 み 150nmの酸化窒化ケィ素膜を積層し、透明なガスバリァ層を形成した。 Argon gas introduction amount: 40 sccm, RF power: 430 kW, substrate temperature: 100. The film was formed with C, and a 150 nm thick silicon oxynitride film was laminated to form a transparent gas barrier layer.
上述した一連の操作により、有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板を作製した。 A color filter substrate for an organic EL element was produced by the series of operations described above.
[0219] (透明電極層の形成) [0219] (Formation of transparent electrode layer)
次いで、上記の有機 EL素子用カラーフィルタ基板のガスバリア層上にイオンプレー ティング法により膜厚 150nmの酸化インジウムスズ (IT〇)電極膜を形成し、この ΙΤ〇 電極膜上に感光性レジストを塗布し、マスク露光、現像、 ΙΤΟ電極膜のエッチングを 行って、透明電極層を形成した。 Next, an indium tin oxide (ITO) electrode film with a thickness of 150 nm is formed on the gas barrier layer of the color filter substrate for the organic EL element by an ion plating method, and a photosensitive resist is applied on the electrode film. Then, mask exposure, development, and etching of the electrode film were performed to form a transparent electrode layer.
[0220] (補助電極の形成) [0220] (Formation of auxiliary electrode)
次に、上記の透明電極層を覆うようにガスバリア層上の全面にスパッタリング法によ りクロム薄膜 (厚み 0· 2 / m)を形成し、このクロム薄膜上に感光性レジストを塗布し、 マスク露光、現像、クロム薄膜のエッチングを行って、補助電極を形成した。この補助 電極は、透明基材上から色変換層上に乗り上げるように透明電極層上に形成された ストライプ状のパターンであった。 Next, a chromium thin film (thickness 0 · 2 / m) is formed by sputtering on the entire surface of the gas barrier layer so as to cover the transparent electrode layer, a photosensitive resist is applied on the chromium thin film, and a mask is formed. Exposure, development, and etching of the chromium thin film were performed to form auxiliary electrodes. This auxiliary electrode was a striped pattern formed on the transparent electrode layer so as to run on the color conversion layer from the transparent substrate.
[0221] (絶縁層および隔壁部の形成) [0221] (Formation of insulating layer and partition wall)
平均分子量が約 100000であるノルボルネン系樹脂 iSR社製、 ARTON)をトル ェンで希釈した絶縁層形成用塗工液を使用し、スピンコート法により透明電極層を覆 うようにガスバリア層上に塗布した後、ベータ(100°C、 30分)を行って絶縁膜 (厚み 1 t m)を形成した。次に、この絶縁膜上に感光性レジストを塗布し、マスク露光、現像 、絶縁膜のエッチングを行って絶縁層を形成した。この絶縁層は、透明電極層と直角 に交差するストライプ状(幅 20 μ m)のパターンであり、ブラックマトリクス上に位置す るものとした。 Using a coating liquid for insulating layer formation in which ARTON), a norbornene resin with an average molecular weight of approximately 100000, manufactured by iSR, is diluted with toluene, is applied onto the gas barrier layer so as to cover the transparent electrode layer by spin coating. After coating, beta (100 ° C., 30 minutes) was performed to form an insulating film (thickness 1 tm). Next, a photosensitive resist was applied on the insulating film, mask exposure, development, and etching of the insulating film were performed to form an insulating layer. This insulating layer is a striped pattern (width 20 μm) that intersects the transparent electrode layer at a right angle, and is located on the black matrix.
次に、隔壁部用塗料(日本ゼオン社製、フォトレジスト、 ZPN1100)をスピンコート 法により絶縁層を覆うように全面に塗布し、プリベータ(70°C、 30分間)を行った。そ の後、所定のフォトマスクを用いて露光し、現像液(日本ゼオン社製、 ZTMA- 100) にて現像を行レ、、次いで、ポストベータ(100°C、 30分間)を行った。これにより、絶縁 層上に隔壁部を形成した。この隔壁部は、高さ 10 z m、下部(絶縁層側)の幅 15 μ m、上部の幅 26 μ mである形状を有するものであった。 Next, spin-coating the partition wall coating (manufactured by Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd., photoresist, ZPN1100) It was applied to the entire surface so as to cover the insulating layer by the method, and pre-beta (70 ° C, 30 minutes) was performed. Thereafter, exposure was performed using a predetermined photomask, development was performed with a developing solution (manufactured by Zeon Corporation, ZTMA-100), and then post beta (100 ° C., 30 minutes) was performed. As a result, a partition wall was formed on the insulating layer. The partition wall had a shape with a height of 10 zm, a lower part (insulating layer side) width of 15 μm, and an upper part width of 26 μm.
[0222] (有機 EL層の形成) [0222] (Formation of organic EL layer)
次いで、上記の隔壁部をマスクとして、真空蒸着法により正孔注入層、白色発光層 、電子注入層からなる有機 EL層を形成した。 Next, an organic EL layer composed of a hole injection layer, a white light emitting layer, and an electron injection layer was formed by vacuum deposition using the partition wall as a mask.
[0223] すなわち、まず 4, 4' , 4 "ートリス [N— (3—メチルフエニル) _N_フエニルァミノ] トリフヱニルァミンを、画像表示領域に相当する開口部を備えたフォトマスクを介して 2 OOnmまで蒸着して成膜し、その後 4, 4'—ビス [N— (1—ナフチル)一N—フエ二ノレ ァミノ]ビフエニルを 20nm厚まで蒸着して成膜することによって、隔壁部がマスクバタ ーンとなり、各隔壁部間のみを正孔注入層の形成材料が通過して透明電極層上に 正孔注入層が形成された。 That is, first, 4, 4 ′, 4 ”tris [N— (3-methylphenyl) _N_phenylamino] triphenylamine is added through a photomask having an opening corresponding to the image display area. By depositing 4, 4'-bis [N- (1-naphthyl) -N-phenylamino] biphenyl to a thickness of 20 nm and depositing the film, the partition wall was masked. The material for forming the hole injection layer passed only between the partition walls, and the hole injection layer was formed on the transparent electrode layer.
同様にして、 4, 4 '—ビス(2, 2,—ジフヱ二ルビニル)ビフヱニル(蛍光ピーク波長: 465nm (固体))を 40nmまで蒸着して成膜した。このとき、同時にルブレン(アルドリ ツチ(株)製、蛍光ピーク波長: 585nm (ジメチルホルムアミド 0· 1重量%溶液))を少 量含有させた。これにより白色発光層を形成した。 Similarly, 4,4′-bis (2,2, -divinylvinyl) biphenyl (fluorescence peak wavelength: 465 nm (solid)) was deposited to 40 nm to form a film. At the same time, a small amount of rubrene (manufactured by Aldrich Co., Ltd., fluorescence peak wavelength: 585 nm (dimethylformamide 0.1 wt% solution)) was contained. This formed the white light emitting layer.
その後、トリス(8—キノリノール)アルミニウムを 20nm厚まで蒸着して成膜すること により電子注入層とした。このようにして形成された有機 EL層は、幅 280 /i mのストラ イブ状のパターンとして各隔壁部間に存在するものであり、隔壁部の上部表面にも同 様の層構成でダミーの有機 EL層が形成された。 Thereafter, tris (8-quinolinol) aluminum was deposited to a thickness of 20 nm to form an electron injection layer. The organic EL layer formed in this manner exists between the partition walls as a stripe pattern with a width of 280 / im, and a dummy organic layer with the same layer structure on the upper surface of the partition wall. An EL layer was formed.
[0224] (対向電極層の形成) [0224] (Formation of counter electrode layer)
次に、画像表示領域よりも広い所定の開口部を備えたフォトマスクを介して、上記の 隔壁部が形成されている領域に、真空蒸着法によりマグネシウムと銀とを同時に蒸着 (マグネシウムの蒸着速度 = 1. 3〜: 1. 4nm/秒、銀の蒸着速度 =0. InmZ秒)し て成膜した。これにより、隔壁部がマスクとなって、マグネシウム Z銀ィ匕合物からなる 厚み 200nmの対向電極層を有機 EL層上に形成した。この対向電極層は、幅 280 β mのストライプ状のパターンとして有機 EL層上に存在するものであり、隔壁部の上 部表面にもダミーの対向電極層が形成された。 Next, magnesium and silver are simultaneously vapor-deposited by vacuum vapor deposition (magnesium vapor deposition rate) on the area where the partition wall is formed through a photomask having a predetermined opening wider than the image display area. = 1. 3 ~: 1. 4 nm / second, silver deposition rate = 0. InmZ second). As a result, a partition electrode portion was used as a mask to form a 200-nm-thick counter electrode layer made of magnesium Z-silver compound on the organic EL layer. This counter electrode layer has a width of 280 A β m stripe pattern exists on the organic EL layer, and a dummy counter electrode layer was also formed on the upper surface of the partition wall.
上記一連の操作により、有機 EL素子を作製した。 An organic EL device was fabricated by the above series of operations.
[0225] (有機 EL表示装置) [0225] (Organic EL display device)
上記の有機 EL素子を封止し、有機 EL表示装置を得た。 The organic EL element was sealed to obtain an organic EL display device.
[0226] [実施例 4] [0226] [Example 4]
実施例 3において、緑色色変換部の厚みを 10. 8 mとした以外は、実施例 3と同 様にして有機 EL表示装置を作製した。 In Example 3, an organic EL display device was produced in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the thickness of the green color conversion portion was 10.8 m.
[0227] [比較例 2] [0227] [Comparative Example 2]
実施例 3において色変換層を形成しなかった以外は、実施例 3と同様にして有機 E L表示装置を作製した。 An organic EL display device was produced in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the color conversion layer was not formed in Example 3.
[0228] [評価] [0228] [Evaluation]
実施例 3, 4および比較例 2の有機 EL表示装置について、ミノルタ (株)製分光測色 計 CM2500dを用いて、色度 X, yおよび反射率 Yを測定した。結果を下記表 1に示 す。 For the organic EL display devices of Examples 3 and 4 and Comparative Example 2, chromaticity X, y and reflectance Y were measured using a spectrocolorimeter CM2500d manufactured by Minolta Co., Ltd. The results are shown in Table 1 below.
[0229] [表 1] [0229] [Table 1]
表 1より、実施例 3, 4では比較例 2に比べて、鮮やかな緑色を観察することができ さらに幅広い色再現範囲を実現できることがわ力つた。 [0231] [実施例 5] Table 1 shows that Examples 3 and 4 can observe a brighter green color and can realize a wider color reproduction range than Comparative Example 2. [0231] [Example 5]
実施例 3において、下記に示すように着色層および色変換層を形成した以外は、 実施例 3と同様にして有機 EL表示装置を作製した。 In Example 3, an organic EL display device was produced in the same manner as in Example 3 except that a colored layer and a color conversion layer were formed as shown below.
[0232] (着色層の形成) [0232] (Formation of colored layer)
まず、赤色および青色の着色部形成用塗工液を調製した。赤色着色剤としては縮 合ァゾ系顔料(チノく'スペシャルティ'ケミカルズ社製、クロモフタルレッド BRN)、およ び青色着色剤としてはアンスラキノン系顔料 (チバ 'スペシャルティ'ケミカノレズ社製、 クロモフタルブルー A3R)をそれぞれ用いた。また、バインダ樹脂としてはアクリル系 UV硬化性樹脂組成物(アクリル系 UV硬化性樹脂 20% ·アクリル系 UV硬化性樹脂 モノマー 20% ·添加剤 5% ·プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PG MEA) 55%)を用いた。アクリル系 UV硬化性樹脂組成物 10部に対し、各着色剤を 1部 (部数はいずれも質量基準。)の割合で配合して、十分に混合分散させ、赤色お よび青色の色着色部形成用塗工液を得た。 First, red and blue colored portion forming coating solutions were prepared. The red colorant is a condensed azo pigment (Chinoku 'Specialty' Chemicals, Chromophthal Red BRN), and the blue colorant is an anthraquinone pigment (Ciba 'Specialty' Chemikanorez, Chromophthalate). Blue A3R) was used respectively. As binder resin, acrylic UV curable resin composition (acrylic UV curable resin 20%, acrylic UV curable resin monomer 20%, additive 5%, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PG MEA) 55% ) Was used. Blend 10 parts of the acrylic UV curable resin composition with 1 part of each colorant (all parts are based on mass), and mix and disperse thoroughly to form red and blue colored parts. A coating solution was obtained.
次に、緑色着色部形成用塗工液を調製した。緑色着色剤としてはフタロシアニン系 緑色顔料 (東洋インキ製造社製、リオノールグリーン 2Y— 301 )を用いた。また、バイ ンダ樹脂としては上記のアクリル系 UV硬化性樹脂組成物を用いた。アクリル系 UV 硬化性樹脂組成物 10部に対し、着色剤を 1部 (部数はいずれも質量基準。)の割合 で配合して、十分に混合分散させ、緑色着色部形成用塗工液を得た。 Next, a green colored part forming coating solution was prepared. As the green colorant, a phthalocyanine green pigment (manufactured by Toyo Ink Co., Ltd., Lionol Green 2Y-301) was used. As the binder resin, the above acrylic UV curable resin composition was used. Blend 10 parts of the acrylic UV curable resin composition with 1 part of the colorant (all parts are based on mass) and thoroughly mix and disperse to obtain a green colored part forming coating solution. It was.
[0233] 上記の各色着色部形成用塗工液を順次用いて各着色部を形成した。すなわち、上 記のブラックマトリクスが形成された透明基材上に、赤色着色部形成用塗工液をスピ ンコート法により塗布し、 120°Cで 2分間のプリべイクを行った。その後、フォトマスクを 用いて露光 (積算露光量 300mjZcm2)し、現像液(0. 05。/οΚ〇Η水溶液)にて現 像を行った。次いで、 230°Cで 60分間のポストべイクを行レ、、ブラックマトリクスのパタ ーンに同調させ、幅 85 x m、厚み 3. 0 x mのストライプ状の赤色着色部を、その幅 方向がブラックマトリクスの開口部の短辺方向になるよう形成した。以降、緑色着色部 形成用塗工液および青色着色部形成用塗工液を順次用い、幅 85 z m、厚み 1. 6 μ mのストライプ状の緑色着色部、および、幅 85 μ πι、厚み 3. O x mのストライプ状の 青色着色部を形成した。これにより、三原色の各着色部が幅方向に繰り返し配列した 着色層を形成した。 [0233] Each colored portion was formed using the above-described coating solutions for forming colored portions. That is, on the transparent base material on which the above black matrix was formed, the red colored portion forming coating solution was applied by a spin coating method, and pre-baked at 120 ° C. for 2 minutes. Then, exposure using a photomask (accumulated exposure 300MjZcm 2), was present image with a developer solution (0. 05./ ο Kappa_〇_Ita solution). Next, post-bake for 60 minutes at 230 ° C was performed, and synchronized with the black matrix pattern. Striped red colored parts with a width of 85 xm and a thickness of 3.0 xm, with the width direction being black. It formed so that it might become the short side direction of the opening part of a matrix. Thereafter, a green colored portion forming coating solution and a blue colored portion forming coating solution were sequentially used to form a striped green colored portion having a width of 85 zm and a thickness of 1.6 μm, and a width of 85 μπι and a thickness of 3 A blue colored portion having an O xm stripe shape was formed. As a result, the colored portions of the three primary colors are repeatedly arranged in the width direction. A colored layer was formed.
[0234] (色変換層の形成) [0234] (Formation of color conversion layer)
緑色変換蛍光体 (アルドリッチ社製、クマリン 6)を分散させたアルカリ可溶性ネガ型 感光性レジストを緑色色変換部形成用塗工液とし、この緑色色変換部形成用塗工液 をブラックマトリクスおよび着色層が形成された上にスピンコート法により塗布し、 100 °Cで 5分間のプリべイクを行った。次いで、フォトリソグラフィ法によりパターユングを行 つた後、 200°Cで 60分間のポストべイクを行った。これにより、緑色着色部上に、幅 8 5 μ m、厚み 3. 3 μ mのストライプ状の緑色色変換部を形成した。 An alkali-soluble negative photosensitive resist in which a green conversion phosphor (manufactured by Aldrich, Coumarin 6) is dispersed is used as a coating solution for forming a green color conversion part, and this coating solution for forming a green color conversion part is used as a black matrix and coloring. After the layer was formed, it was applied by spin coating and pre-baked at 100 ° C for 5 minutes. Next, after patterning by photolithography, post baking was performed at 200 ° C for 60 minutes. As a result, a striped green color conversion portion having a width of 85 μm and a thickness of 3.3 μm was formed on the green colored portion.
[0235] (評価) [0235] (Evaluation)
実施例 3, 4の有機 EL表示装置と同様に、実施例 5の有機 EL表示装置では鮮ゃ 力、な緑色を観察することができ、さらに幅広い色再現範囲を実現できた。 Similar to the organic EL display devices of Examples 3 and 4, the organic EL display device of Example 5 was capable of observing a vivid green color and realized a wider color reproduction range.
Claims
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2005-010318 | 2005-01-18 | ||
| JP2005010318 | 2005-01-18 | ||
| JP2005041192 | 2005-02-17 | ||
| JP2005-041192 | 2005-02-17 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2006077808A1 true WO2006077808A1 (en) | 2006-07-27 |
Family
ID=36692197
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/JP2006/300485 Ceased WO2006077808A1 (en) | 2005-01-18 | 2006-01-17 | Color filter substrate for organic electroluminescent device |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| TW (1) | TWI395507B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2006077808A1 (en) |
Cited By (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| DE102007044597A1 (en) * | 2007-09-19 | 2009-04-02 | Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh | Optoelectronic component |
| CN109300937A (en) * | 2017-07-25 | 2019-02-01 | 乐金显示有限公司 | Display device with color filter |
| CN111697006A (en) * | 2020-06-05 | 2020-09-22 | Tcl华星光电技术有限公司 | Display panel and preparation method thereof |
| WO2020237875A1 (en) * | 2019-05-24 | 2020-12-03 | 深圳市华星光电半导体显示技术有限公司 | Display panel and manufacturing method therefor |
Families Citing this family (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| KR102013316B1 (en) | 2012-11-20 | 2019-08-23 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | Organic light emitting display apparatus and the manufacturing method thereof |
| KR102771227B1 (en) * | 2016-10-21 | 2025-02-25 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Display panner and display apparatus having the same |
Citations (11)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPH10241860A (en) * | 1997-02-21 | 1998-09-11 | Idemitsu Kosan Co Ltd | Multicolor light emitting device |
| JPH10321368A (en) * | 1997-05-16 | 1998-12-04 | Idemitsu Kosan Co Ltd | Multicolor light emitting device and method of manufacturing the same |
| JPH11111457A (en) * | 1997-10-07 | 1999-04-23 | Sharp Corp | Organic electroluminescence device |
| JP2000182768A (en) * | 1998-10-09 | 2000-06-30 | Denso Corp | Organic el element |
| JP2001031881A (en) * | 1999-07-22 | 2001-02-06 | Fuji Electric Co Ltd | Fluorescence conversion filter and organic light emitting device having fluorescence conversion filter |
| JP2001155860A (en) * | 1999-09-16 | 2001-06-08 | Denso Corp | Organic el element |
| JP2003317961A (en) * | 1999-04-27 | 2003-11-07 | Semiconductor Energy Lab Co Ltd | EL display device |
| JP2004021097A (en) * | 2002-06-19 | 2004-01-22 | Dainippon Printing Co Ltd | Color filter and liquid crystal display |
| JP2004319471A (en) * | 2003-04-01 | 2004-11-11 | Fuji Electric Holdings Co Ltd | Method for manufacturing color conversion filter and color filter with color conversion function |
| JP2005005166A (en) * | 2003-06-12 | 2005-01-06 | Fuji Electric Holdings Co Ltd | Manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus for organic EL display |
| JP2005038682A (en) * | 2003-07-18 | 2005-02-10 | Dainippon Printing Co Ltd | Color conversion filter |
Family Cites Families (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| EP1489891A1 (en) * | 2002-03-15 | 2004-12-22 | Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. | Color emission device |
| KR100915616B1 (en) * | 2002-05-23 | 2009-09-07 | 후지 덴키 홀딩스 가부시키가이샤 | Organic EL display |
| JP2004158469A (en) * | 2004-03-05 | 2004-06-03 | Casio Comput Co Ltd | EL element |
-
2006
- 2006-01-17 WO PCT/JP2006/300485 patent/WO2006077808A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2006-01-18 TW TW095101854A patent/TWI395507B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
Patent Citations (11)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPH10241860A (en) * | 1997-02-21 | 1998-09-11 | Idemitsu Kosan Co Ltd | Multicolor light emitting device |
| JPH10321368A (en) * | 1997-05-16 | 1998-12-04 | Idemitsu Kosan Co Ltd | Multicolor light emitting device and method of manufacturing the same |
| JPH11111457A (en) * | 1997-10-07 | 1999-04-23 | Sharp Corp | Organic electroluminescence device |
| JP2000182768A (en) * | 1998-10-09 | 2000-06-30 | Denso Corp | Organic el element |
| JP2003317961A (en) * | 1999-04-27 | 2003-11-07 | Semiconductor Energy Lab Co Ltd | EL display device |
| JP2001031881A (en) * | 1999-07-22 | 2001-02-06 | Fuji Electric Co Ltd | Fluorescence conversion filter and organic light emitting device having fluorescence conversion filter |
| JP2001155860A (en) * | 1999-09-16 | 2001-06-08 | Denso Corp | Organic el element |
| JP2004021097A (en) * | 2002-06-19 | 2004-01-22 | Dainippon Printing Co Ltd | Color filter and liquid crystal display |
| JP2004319471A (en) * | 2003-04-01 | 2004-11-11 | Fuji Electric Holdings Co Ltd | Method for manufacturing color conversion filter and color filter with color conversion function |
| JP2005005166A (en) * | 2003-06-12 | 2005-01-06 | Fuji Electric Holdings Co Ltd | Manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus for organic EL display |
| JP2005038682A (en) * | 2003-07-18 | 2005-02-10 | Dainippon Printing Co Ltd | Color conversion filter |
Cited By (6)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| DE102007044597A1 (en) * | 2007-09-19 | 2009-04-02 | Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh | Optoelectronic component |
| US8314547B2 (en) | 2007-09-19 | 2012-11-20 | Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh | Opto-electronic component |
| CN109300937A (en) * | 2017-07-25 | 2019-02-01 | 乐金显示有限公司 | Display device with color filter |
| CN109300937B (en) * | 2017-07-25 | 2023-07-18 | 乐金显示有限公司 | Display device with color filter |
| WO2020237875A1 (en) * | 2019-05-24 | 2020-12-03 | 深圳市华星光电半导体显示技术有限公司 | Display panel and manufacturing method therefor |
| CN111697006A (en) * | 2020-06-05 | 2020-09-22 | Tcl华星光电技术有限公司 | Display panel and preparation method thereof |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| TW200633579A (en) | 2006-09-16 |
| TWI395507B (en) | 2013-05-01 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| JP3224237B2 (en) | Organic electroluminescence display device | |
| TWI271118B (en) | Color emission device | |
| US7986087B2 (en) | Color conversion media and EL-display using the same | |
| US7368863B2 (en) | Optical filter and organic EL display using the same | |
| JPWO1998034437A1 (en) | Organic electroluminescent display device | |
| JP2003115377A (en) | Light emitting device, method of manufacturing the same, and display device using the same | |
| JPH11329742A (en) | Organic electroluminescence element and light emitting device | |
| KR20080110754A (en) | Light emitting device | |
| JP2007287697A (en) | Organic electroluminescence element and light emitting device | |
| JP5034220B2 (en) | Color filter substrate for organic electroluminescence device | |
| JP5520327B2 (en) | Color filter substrate and organic light emitting display device using the color filter substrate | |
| CN114725178B (en) | Display substrate, preparation method thereof and display device | |
| JP4276308B2 (en) | Organic EL display device | |
| WO2006077808A1 (en) | Color filter substrate for organic electroluminescent device | |
| JPH1154273A (en) | Color conversion filter and method of manufacturing the same | |
| JP2005050552A (en) | Organic EL display device | |
| JP2002151262A (en) | Color conversion filter and method of manufacturing the same | |
| JP5194353B2 (en) | Color filter substrate for organic electroluminescence device | |
| JP4699249B2 (en) | Color filter substrate for organic electroluminescence device | |
| JP2005050597A (en) | Organic electroluminescent image display device | |
| JP2004265752A (en) | Manufacturing method of color conversion filter | |
| JP2014202959A (en) | Color filter and display device | |
| JP2010072106A (en) | Color filter for organic electroluminescence display device and the organic electroluminescence display device | |
| JP2010060938A (en) | Color filter for organic electroluminescent display device, and organic electroluminescent display device | |
| CN100527467C (en) | Organic el panel |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application | ||
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 06711765 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| WWW | Wipo information: withdrawn in national office |
Ref document number: 6711765 Country of ref document: EP |